here, we supplement the order information with such as...

1074

To ensure a perfect solution, the final element that is needed is technical

background information. Here, we supplement the order information with

detailed drawings, load curves, parts lists and performance diagrams.

Additional information and download options such as approvals,

CAD drawings or assembly instructions are available online at

www.rittal-corp.com.

R

Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com

1075Rittal Handbook 31

C

Technical DetailsTechnical Information From page 1076

Industrial enclosures From page 1079Small enclosuresPolycarbonate enclosures PK....................................................... 1079Cast aluminium enclosures GA .................................................... 1080Terminal boxes KL........................................................................ 1081E-Box EB ...................................................................................... 1082Compact enclosures...........................................................................Compact enclosures AE ............................................................... 1083Compact enclosures AK ............................................................... 1086Plastic enclosures KS ................................................................... 1087Large enclosuresFreestanding enclosure ES 5000 ................................................. 1089TS8 modular enclosure system .................................................... 1091Command Panel VIP 6000Installation depth.......................................................................... 1095Front design/trim types ................................................................. 1097Keyboard housing......................................................................... 1098Load specifications for installed equipment .................................. 1186OptipanelInstallation depth/front design...................................................... 1101Keyboard housing......................................................................... 1102Keyboard housing connection ...................................................... 1103Command Panel VIP 6000/OptipanelSupport arm/wall and pedestal connection................................... 1102Rear cooling panel ........................................................................ 1103

Operating housingOptipanel standard sizes .............................................................. 1104Compact Panel ............................................................................. 1105Command panel housing with door .............................................. 1105Operating housings....................................................................... 1106Stand systems............................................................................. 1107Industrial workstationsEnclosures .................................................................................... 1109Worktops....................................................................................... 1111PC enclosure systemsBased on TS8 ............................................................................... 1112Based on ES................................................................................. 1114Console systems APPedestals ...................................................................................... 1116Desk units/consoles...................................................................... 1117One-piece consoles AP ................................................................ 1118Universal consoles AP.................................................................. 1118Stainless steelTerminal boxes KL/Ex enclosures KEL ........................................ 1119Premium Line KL .......................................................................... 1119Compact enclosures AE/Ex enclosures KEL................................ 1120Premium Panel ............................................................................. 1121Command panel ........................................................................... 1122Modular pedestal CP-S................................................................. 1123PC enclosure systems .................................................................. 1123

Power distribution From page 1124Short-circuit resistance diagramsBusbar support ............................................................................. 1124Laminated copper bars Rittal Flexibar “S” .................................... 1127Current carrying capacity of connection cables ............................ 1128Overview of power circuit-breakers/starter combinationsBusbar systems up to 250 A (40 mm) ................................. 1128/1129Busbar systems up to 360 A (40 mm) ................................. 1129/1130Busbar systems up to 800 A/1600 A (60 mm) ..................... 1130/1131Technical informationNH isolator, sizes 000 to 3 ............................................................ 1132Electronic fuse monitoring ............................................................ 1133Electromechanical fuse monitoring............................................... 1133NH fused isolators, sizes 00 to 3 .................................................. 1134

Use of semi-conductor fuses in Rittal NH switchgear................... 1134NH bus-mounting on-load isolator size 2/3................................... 1135NH on-load isolators size 000 to 3................................................ 1136Rated currents of busbars E-Cu (DIN 43 671).............................. 1137Rittal Maxi-PLSSystem components ..................................................................... 1138Connection components ............................................................... 1139SV-TS8 enclosures....................................................................... 1140Planning and project management in line with regulations........... 1146Design differences between TTA and PTTA ................................ 1147ISV distribution enclosureISV-TS8 enclosures...................................................................... 1148

Electronic packaging From page 1149ATCA ............................................................................................ 1149Power supply units........................................................................ 1151

Subracks....................................................................................... 1155Instrument cases/system enclosures............................................ 1159

From page 1164Air conditionersClimate controlled enclosures....................................................... 1164Climate control doors.................................................................... 1165Roof-mounted air conditioners...................................................... 1166Wall-mounted air conditioners ...................................................... 1167Recooling systemsOptions ......................................................................................... 1171Layout diagrams/characteristic curves of pump ........................... 1173Heat exchangersAir/water heat exchangers ............................................................ 1178TopTherm air/air heat exchangers................................................ 1181

Climate control tailored to enclosuresRack-mounted air conditioner ....................................................... 1182Rack-mounted fan ........................................................................ 1182Centrifugal fan .............................................................................. 1182Roof-mounted fan and vent attachment ....................................... 1183Fan roof, modular, two-piece for TS/FR(i) .................................... 1183HeatersEnclosure heaters......................................................................... 1183Axial fan ........................................................................................ 1184Accessories for system climate controlElectronic condensate evaporator ................................................ 1184Integrated louvers ......................................................................... 1184

Communication systems From page 1185Compact enclosures, outdoor....................................................... 1185 Geothermal heat exchanger ......................................................... 1185

Climate control


Technical Information

1076 Rittal Handbook 31

Tech

nica

l Inf

orm

atio

n

C

Surface protectionThe triple treatment of outer surfaces – phosphating, electrophoretic dipcoat-priming and textured powder-coating – provides optimum corrosion protection for enclosures such as TS, AE and KL. To ensure optimum corrosion protection in extreme climates, aluminium or zinc-plated metal with subsequent zinc phosphating and powder-coating are used for outdoor enclosures.

The standard coating is resistant to: ● Mineral oils● Lubricants● Machining emulsions● Solvent (briefly as for

cleaning)● Weak acids and alkalines

This has been tested and confirmed by various independent test institutes.

Quality is ensured by continuous process monitoring.

Priming or powder coating suitable for over-paintingAfter careful cleaning of the surface, the standard coating may be over-painted with: ● DD gloss paints● Single and dual-component

gloss paints● Car repair paints● Powder paints● Water-based paintsIf in doubt, perform a compatibility test. Always follow the paint manufacturer’s instructions. When over-painting, take care not to exceed 180°C (356°F) and a baking time of 15 minutes.

Special coatingsTropical coating: For high corrosion resistance in warm, damp climates, also suitable for outdoor and long-term use.

Chemical paint: For the best possible resistance to organic and inorganic substances that can be achieved with paint.

Outdoor use of enclosuresIn order to guarantee satisfactory long-term function of enclosures in outdoor environments, relevant environmental factors need to be taken into account.

These include: ● UV radiation, the corrosive

action of air pollution, rain, ice, snow, wind and other factors in special climate conditions.

Influence of weather conditions on the outer coatingIt is necessary to ensure the UV and corrosion resistance of components exposed to the weather. A special 3-phase paint finish is suitable for outdoor installations. For outdoor installation of an enclosure, a rain canopy should be provided to protect the seal against permanent humidity and exposure to prolonged UV radiation.

Condensation inside the enclosureCondensation needs to be prevented with special measures, for example by venting or heating the enclosure.

Protection categoryThe enclosure is exposed to extreme weather conditions during outdoor use. Long periods of rain, snow, ice, high winds and temperature fluctuations place high demands on the enclosure’s sealing gaskets. Often, the protection category for outdoor weather exposure described in DIN VDE 0100, part 737, point 5.2, IP X3 is insufficient to provide permanent protection for electrical installations.

Standard IEC 60 529 offers the option of labeling with the supplementary letter “W”. Enclosures labeled this way are suitable for use in weather conditions agreed between the manufacturer and the user, and are equipped with additional protective features or techniques (rain canopy, special paints, special color shades).

The three-phase coating process for enclosuresCoating procedures Technical properties Technical specifications

Degreasing,iron phosphating,rinsing

Neutralizes electric resistance, provides temporary corrosion protection and better adhesion of paint.

Anodicdipcoat priming

Uniform coating on all surfaces, edges and recesses provides superior corrosion protec-tion.

Coat thickness Approximately 20 µm

Erichsen cupping DIN EN ISO 20 482 ≥ 4 mm (0.2″)

Buchholz hardness DIN EN ISO 2815 ≥ 80

Cross cutting DIN EN ISO 2409 Gt 0

The primer is readily over-painted and free from heavy metals, chromate and silicone.

Stove enameling

Texturedpowder coating

The special merits of powder-painting are high durability, good corrosion protection, good resistance to chemicals, temperature, and outdoor environment, and can be easily cleaned.

Outer coating thickness 60 µm . . . 110 µm

Erichsen cupping DIN EN ISO 20 482 ≥ 4 mm (0.2″)

Buchholz hardness DIN EN ISO 2815 ≥ 80

Cross cutting DIN EN ISO 2409 Gt 0

The powder coating is readily over-painted and is free from heavy metals, chromate and silicone.

Stove enameling Overall outer coating thickness Ø 80 µm . . . 135 µm



Tech

nica

l Inf

orm

atio

n


1077Rittal Handbook 31

C

Protection categories to IEC 60 529The IP protection category is characterized by 2 numbers. Example of protection category: IP 43: Code letters

First characteristic numeral Second characteristic numeral

Degrees of protection for protection against contact and foreign bodies:First characteristic numeral

Degrees of protection for protection against water:Second characteristic numeral

Firstcharacteristic numeral

Degree of protection Secondcharacteristic numeral

Degree of protection

Description Definition Description Definition

Protected against solid for-eign objects with a diameter of 50 mm (2.0″) and greater

The object probe, a sphere 50 mm (2.0″) in diameter, must not penetrate fully1).

Protected against vertically falling water drops

Vertically falling drops shall have no harmful effects.

Protected against solid for-eign objects with a diameter of 12.5 mm (0.5″) and greater

The object probe, a sphere 12.5 mm (0.5″) in diameter, must not penetrate fully1). The articulated test finger may penetrate up to its length of 80 mm (3.1″), but adequate distance must be adhered to.

Protected against vertically falling water drops when the enclosure is tilted up to 15°

Vertically falling drops must not have any harmful effects when the enclosure is tilted up to 15° in both directions from the vertical.


The object probe, a sphere 2.5 mm (0.1″) in diameter, must not penetrate at all1).

Protected against spraying water

Water sprayed at an angle of up to 60° on either side of the vertical must have no harmful effects.


The object probe, a sphere 1.0 mm (0.04″) in diameter, must not penetrate at all1).

Protected against splashing water

Water splashed on the enclo-sure from every direction must not have any adverse effects.

Dust-protected The ingress of dust is not fully prevented, but dust may not enter to such an extent as to impair satisfactory operation of the device or safety.

Protected against water jets Water splashed on the enclo-sure from every direction must not have any adverse effects.

Dust-tight No ingress of dust at a partial vacuum of 20 mbar inside the enclosure.

Protected against powerful water jets

Water splashed on the enclo-sure from every direction in a powerful jet must not have any adverse effects.

Protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water

Water must not ingress to such an extent as to cause harmful effects when the enclosure is temporarily immersed in water under standardized pressure and time conditions.

Water with high-pressure/steam-jet cleaning2)

Water directed at the enclo-sure from every direction under greatly increased pres-sure must not have any adverse effects.

1) The full diameter of the object probe must not pass through an opening of the enclosure. 2) This test is not regulated by EN 60 529, but by DIN EN 40 050, part 9.

Extracts from BS EN 60 259: 1991 are reproduced with the permission of BSI. Complete editions of the standards can be obtained by post from BSI Customer Services, 889 Chiswick High Road, London W4 4AL

IP

4 3

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7

9K



1078 Rittal Handbook 31

Tech

nica

l Inf

orm

atio

n

C

NEMAThe National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) is a standards organization in Washington, USA, which publishes a number of technical standards but does not test or certify products itself.

The following NEMA classification outlines the protection of individuals from unintentional contact with equipment and the protection of an enclosure from external factors.

Further information on protection categories may be foundon the Internet at: www.rittal-corp.com

Technical information

UL/NEMA Type Intended use and description

1 Enclosures for use predominantly inside. Protection against the penetration of foreign bodies.

3 Enclosures for use predominantly inside. Protection against the penetration of solid bodies, protection against the ingress of rain and dust and damage caused by icing.

3R Enclosures for use predominantly inside. Protection against the penetration of solid bodies, protection against the ingress of rain and dust and damage caused by icing.

3S Enclosures for use predominantly inside. Protection against rain, snow and foreign bodies. External mechanisms remain usable despite being coated in ice.

4 Enclosures for indoor or outdoor use. Protection against rain, foreign bodies, splashed water and hosed water and against damage caused by icing on the exterior of the enclosure.

4x Enclosures for indoor or outdoor use. Protection against rain, foreign bodies, splashed water and hosed water and against damage caused by icing on the exterior of the enclosure.

12, 12K Enclosures for use predominantly inside. Protection against dust deposits, foreign bodies and non-corrosive dripping liquids.

13 Enclosures for use predominantly inside. Protection against dust deposits, sprayed water, oil, and non-corrosive coolants.

The UL classifications are not directly comparable with IP protection categories, since both the test conditions and the evaluation of the test results are different.

Certifications and permitsProduct certifications and approvals are key requirements for the global acceptance of industrial products.

Rittal products meet the highest internationally recognized quality standards. All components are subjected to the most stringent testing in accordance with international standards and regulations.

The consistently high product quality is ensured by a comprehensive quality management system. Regular production inspections by external test institutes also guarantee compliance with global standards.

A precise allocation of products to marks of conformity can be found on our product and service pages on the Internet: www.rittal-corp.com

Enclosure designs guaranteeing hygiene and effective cleaningSpecial applications require special solutions – in terms of materials, design and security.

This is also true for applications in the food and hygiene sector and in sensitive fields such as medical technology and pharmaceuticals.

Consequently, Rittal has been looking at the quality standards in those branches and has subjected its products to stringent testing.

The CE symbolAll Rittal products subject to an EU Directive which envisages labeling are labeled CE.

Up-to-date manufacturer declarations for the respective products are available on the Internet at: www.rittal-corp.com

Note:The CE symbol is not a quality symbol. Conformity is certified by the manufacturer on an independent basis.

This distinguishes CE labeling from approvals, which are issued by independent bodies.

Grounding The grounding must be designed by the manufacturer of switchgear in accordance with the relevant VDE provisions or local regulations.

The enclosure packs generally contain grounding materials (screws, nuts, washers). The assembly instructions contain recommendations on installing a protective ground.

The pre-assembled ground straps available in various cross-sections and lengths, are intended to make assembly of a ground conductor easier.

Further information can be found in our technical documentation “PE ground conductor connection, current carrying capacity”.


Small enclosures

Industrial Enclosures

1079Rittal Handbook 31/Enclosure Systems

C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

1.1 Polycarbonate enclosures PKWith cable gland Page 100

H4

H2

38

H120

16.2

H5

H3

20.8

28.4

45 28

1

24.5

24.5

35.5

25.5

12.5

6

B2

B1

H4

B4

H3

B3

H2

H1

H5

B5

B2

B1

B4H

4

H5

B5

B3

H2

H1

H3

B3

H3

B5

H5

B4

H4

B2

H1

B1

H2

1

2

2

1

1.1 Polycarbonate enclosures PKPages 100 – 101

B1 =B2 =B3 =

B4 =

B5 =

Enclosure widthUsable widthCenter/center wall attachment outside the sealCenter/center wall attachment in the enclosureClearance width

H1 =H2 =H3 =

H4 =

H5 =

Enclosure heightUsable heightCenter/center wall attachment outside the sealCenter/center wall attachment in the enclosureClearance height

T1 =T2 =T3 =T4 =

Overall depthUsable enclosure depthEnclosure depthClearance height available for installation

Part No. PKVersion

Height dimensions mm Width dimensions mm Depth dimensions mm

Solidlids

Transparent lids H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 T1 T2 T3 T4

9500.000 – A 65 59 50 25 36 65 59 50 – 36 57 33 41 45

9501.000 – A 65 59 50 25 36 65 59 50 – 36 81 33 41 69

9502.000 – A 65 59 50 – 36 94 88 79 50 64 57 33 41 45

9503.000 – A 65 59 50 – 36 94 88 79 50 64 81 33 41 69

9504.000 9504.100 A 94 88 79 50 64 94 88 79 50 64 57 33 41 45

9505.000 – A 94 88 79 50 64 94 88 79 50 64 81 33 41 69

9506.000 9506.100 A 110 104 95 65 80 110 104 95 65 80 66 42 50 53

9507.000 9507.100 A 110 104 95 65 80 110 104 95 65 80 90 42 50 77

9508.000 9508.100 A 94 88 79 50 64 130 124 115 90 101 57 33 41 45

9509.000 9509.100 A 94 88 79 50 64 130 124 115 90 101 81 33 41 69

9510.000 9510.100 A 130 124 115 70 101 130 124 115 70 101 75 51 59 63

9511.000 9511.100 A 130 124 115 70 101 130 124 115 70 101 99 51 59 87

9512.000 9512.100 A 94 88 79 50 64 180 174 165 120 150 57 33 41 45

9513.000 9513.100 A 94 88 79 50 64 180 174 165 120 150 81 33 41 69

9514.000 9514.100 B 110 103 95 50 80 180 173 165 120 128 90 63 71 75

9515.000 9515.100 B 110 103 95 50 80 180 173 165 120 128 111 63 71 97

9516.0001) 9516.100 B 110 103 95 50 80 180 173 165 120 128 165 63 71 150

9517.000 9517.100 C 180 173 165 120 128 182 175 167 120 152 90 63 71 75

9518.000 9518.100 C 180 173 165 120 128 182 175 167 120 152 111 63 71 97

9519.0001) 9519.100 C 180 173 165 120 128 182 175 167 120 152 165 63 71 150

9520.000 9520.100 C 180 173 165 120 128 254 247 239 190 224 90 63 71 75

9521.000 9521.100 C 180 173 165 120 128 254 247 239 190 224 111 63 71 97

9522.0001) 9522.100 C 180 173 165 120 128 254 247 239 190 224 165 63 71 150

9523.000 9523.100 B 254 248 239 190 224 360 355 346 240 309 111 63 71 97

9524.0001) 9524.100 B 254 248 239 190 224 360 355 346 240 309 165 63 71 1501) With slanted lid

T2

T3

T4

T1

Ø 5

.5Ø

14

Does not apply to PK 9500.000, PK 9501.000

Does not apply to PK 9502.000, PK 9503.000

1

2

Version BVersion A Version C

Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″


Part No. PKwith cable gland H1 H2 H3 H4 H5

9530.000 52 47 40 39.4 30.4

9531.000 65 60 53 52.4 43.4

Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″

Does not apply to PK 9531.000

Does not apply to PK 9530.000

1

2

http://go.rittal-corp.com/hb31.cfm?pn=

Industrial EnclosuresSmall enclosures

1080 Rittal Handbook 31/Enclosure Systems

C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

Ø D1

T4

Ø D2

1

B1

H1

B5

H3

B3

H5

B2

H2

AA

M3

H4

H4

B2

H5

H7

B5

H2

B4

B3

H3

H1

H5

A A

M4

B4

B2

H1

B3

H2

H5

B5

H4

H7

H3

15

A A

M4

T2

T3

T1

T7

T5

T6

B2H

1

B5

H6

H4

B3

H5

H2

H3

A A

M6

Part No. GA

VersionHeight dimensions

mmWidth dimensions

mmDepth dimensions

mmDiameter

mm

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 D1 D2

9100.210 A 45 40 35 – 18 – – 50 45 40 – 30 30 25 6 5.5 – – – 4.2 7.5

9101.210 B 64 56 52 33 32 – 14 58 50 46 40 34 36 29 10 9 – – – 4.5 8

9102.210 B 64 56 52 33 32 – 14 98 90 86 81 75 36 29 10 8 – – – 4.5 8

9103.210 B 64 56 52 33 32 – 14 150 142 138 132 126 36 29 10 9 – – – 4.5 8

9104.210 C 80 72 68 39 48 – 14 75 67 63 57 52 57 50 15 11.5 – – – 4.5 9

9105.210 C 80 72 68 39 48 – 14 125 117 113 106 99 57 50 15 10 1.5 7 41.5 4.5 8.5

9106.210 C 80 72 68 39 48 – 14 175 167 163 156 152 57 50 15 10.5 1.5 6 42.5 4.5 9

9107.210 C 80 72 68 39 48 – 14 250 242 238 231 226 57 50 15 10 1.5 6 42.5 4.5 8

9108.210 D 120 111 104 52 64 82 – 122 113 106 95 90 80 72 20 18 1.5 9 61.5 6.5 10.8

9110.210 D 120 111 104 50 64 82 – 220 211 204 195 183 90 82 30 15 1.5 9 69.5 6.8 11

9111.210 D 120 111 106 52 64 82 – 360 349 344 333 326 80 72 20 19 2 9 61 7 10.8

9112.210 D 160 151 140 76 90 110 – 160 151 140 130 120 90 82 20 20.5 2 9 71 6.2 12.5

9113.210 D 160 151 140 76 90 110 – 260 251 240 230 220 90 82 20 18 2 9 71 6.3 14

9114.210 D 160 151 140 74 84 110 – 360 351 340 330 316 90 82 20 19 2 9 71 7.1 14

9116.210 D 230 221 210 144 160 180 – 200 191 180 170 160 110 102 20 19 2 9 91 7.3 14

9117.210 D 230 221 210 144 160 180 – 280 271 260 250 240 110 102 20 24 2 9 91 6.2 14.2

9118.210 D 230 221 210 144 160 180 – 330 321 310 300 290 110 102 20 24.5 2 9 91 6.2 14.2

9119.210 D 230 221 210 144 160 180 – 330 321 310 300 290 180 172 20 14 2 10 160 7.5 12.5

= 1 inch = 0.03937008″


1.1 Cast aluminium enclosures GAPage 104

Version A

B1

Version B
Section A – A
B1

Version C

B1

Version D

B4

Note:For installations manufactured by the customer, the height and width dimensions of the mounting panel (see page 105) must not be exceeded. For enclosures where no mounting panel is available, the following dimensions will apply:

Part No. GA Heightmm

Width (B)mm

9100.210 38 43

9101.210 54 48

9102.210 54 88

9103.210 54 140

9104.210 69 64 Note: 25.4 mm1 mm

Small enclosures



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

B5

29

29

H1

B1

X

2 1

1

39.5/79.5

15.5

H4

H3

H2

15

T1

79.5

15.5

H4

H3

H2

T1

Ø 4.6

37.5

12.5 12

.5

Y

B4

B2

B3

93.6

/53.

6

192

B6

R76290

15

221

B6

B2

16Ø 3.5

B3

72 72

202

Ø 4.576

Y

M6 x 12

14

20

63

20

Ø 8.7

17

14

79.

5

20

103

12.512

.5

Ø 8.7

47.5

17

1.1 Terminal boxes KLPainted Pages 107 – 109

Stainless steel Page 270

dimensionsmm

Width dimensionsmm

Depth dimensions

mm

Withoutgland plate

Withgland plate

Stainless steelwithout gland plate H1 H2 H3 H4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 T1

1514.510 – 1521.010 150 148 132 – 150 148 132 109 125 – 80

1528.510 – – 150 148 132 – 200 198 182 159 175 – 80

1516.510 – 1523.010 200 198 182 – 200 198 182 159 175 – 80

1515.510 – 1522.010 150 148 132 – 300 298 282 259 275 – 80

1517.510 – 1524.010 200 198 182 – 300 298 282 259 275 – 80

1518.510 – – 200 198 182 – 400 398 382 359 375 – 80

1519.510 – – 200 198 182 – 600 598 582 559 575 – 80

1500.510 – – 150 148 132 100 150 148 132 109 125 – 120

1529.510 – – 150 148 132 100 200 198 182 159 175 – 120

1502.510 – – 200 198 182 150 200 198 182 159 175 – 120

1501.510 1530.510 – 150 148 132 100 300 298 282 259 275 150 120

1503.510 1531.510 – 200 198 182 150 300 298 282 259 275 150 120

1507.510 1535.510 1526.010 300 298 282 250 300 298 282 259 275 150 120

1589.510 – – 150 148 132 100 400 398 382 359 375 – 120

1504.510 1532.510 1525.010 200 198 182 150 400 398 382 359 375 200 120

1508.510 1536.510 – 300 298 282 250 400 398 382 359 375 200 120

1511.510 1539.510 – 400 398 382 350 400 398 382 359 375 200 120

1505.510 1533.510 – 200 198 182 150 500 498 482 459 475 130 120

1509.510 1537.510 – 300 298 282 250 500 498 482 459 475 130 120

1506.510 1534.510 – 200 198 182 150 600 598 582 559 575 150 120

1510.510 1538.510 – 300 298 282 250 600 598 582 559 575 150 120

1512.510 1540.510 – 400 398 382 350 600 598 582 559 575 150 120

1527.510 1542.510 – 200 198 182 150 800 798 782 759 775 150 120

1513.510 1541.510 – 400 398 382 350 800 798 782 759 775 150 120

Only with B ≥ 600 mm (23.6″)

Only with B = 800 mm (31.5″)

1

2

Detail X

Without gland plate With gland plate

Without gland plate

With gland plate

Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″


Detail YT1 = 80 mm (3.1″)

20

Detail YT1 = 120 mm (4.7″)

Part No. KL Height

B1 =B2 =B3 =B4 =B5 =

B6 =

Overall widthCover widthClearance width of enclosureClearance frame/width between profile stripsDistance between axes of the mounting holes in the profile stripsDistance from outer edge of enclosure to center of gland plate

HHHH

T

1 =2 =3 =4 =

Overall heightCover heightClearance height of enclosureClearance frame/height between profile strips

1 = Overall depth

Industrial EnclosuresSmall enclosures


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

H1

100

100

43.5

(34)

4535

4.5

B1

32

23.5

B2

B3

1

3

2

1

T2

20

25

15

T1

H2

H3

4

42.

5

12.5

F2

6.6

8.2

F2

14.

5

F1G

1

18.5

23.

5

5

Ø 8.7

20

18

20

6

Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch


1.1 E-Box EBPage 110

Mounting panel

View Aforwall-mounting

For EB 1557.500/ EB 1578.500/EB 1579.500 two locks

For EB 1551.500 and EB 1553.500

Only for EB 1579.500

View A

For 125 mm (4.9″) wide mounting panels, attachment is in the center only

2 mm (0.08″) recessed

1

2

3

4

5

6

B1 = B2 = B3 =

H1 = H2 = H3 =

T1 = T2 =

F1 = F2 =

G1=

Overall widthDoor widthClearance width

Overall heightDoor heightClearance height

Overall depthClearance depth available for installation

Mounting panel widthOuter edge to center ofmounting holes

Mounting panel height

Part No. EB

Height dimensionsmm

Width dimensionsmm

Depth dimensionsmm

Mounting panel dimensions mm

H1 H2 H3 B1 B2 B3 T1 T2 F1 F2 G1

1551.500 150 148 132 150 148 132 80 65 125 62.5 135

1545.500 300 298 282 150 148 132 80 65 125 62.5 285

1546.500 200 198 182 200 198 182 80 65 175 50 185

1552.500 300 298 282 200 198 182 80 65 175 50 285

1547.500 400 398 382 200 198 182 80 65 175 50 385

1553.500 150 148 132 150 148 132 120 105 125 62.5 135

1548.500 300 298 282 150 148 132 120 105 125 62.5 285

1549.500 200 198 182 200 198 182 120 105 175 50 185

1554.500 300 298 282 200 198 182 120 105 175 50 285

1550.500 400 398 382 200 198 182 120 105 175 50 385

1555.500 300 298 282 300 298 282 120 105 275 50 285

1556.500 400 398 382 300 298 282 120 105 275 50 385

1557.500 500 498 482 200 198 182 120 105 175 50 485

1577.500 400 398 382 300 298 282 155 140 275 50 385

1578.500 600 598 582 300 298 282 155 140 275 50 585

1579.500 800 798 782 300 298 282 155 140 275 50 785

1 mm = 0.03937008″

Compact enclosures



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

138

225

6.5

275

260

162

122

9Ø 9

N1

x 25

= H

4

32

H1

6.5 3.

7

100

100

B5

B4

70

50

B6

2.5

B1

B2

B3

36 2

3

X

100 (135)

43

28

100 (135)

120 (155)

20

295

2.5

i.L. 2

74

X

2.5

H2

H3

H5

T1

T5T4

T3

T2

X

6.5

36

2.5195

2013 i.L. 167

200

133

38.5

44.5

47.5

67.5

3.7

300

9 x

25 =

225

32

X

10

F1

F2

G2

9090

G1

1

1

44

16

8

2

20

20

AE 1032.500 (AE 1035.500)

i.L. = Clearance width


16

8

2

20

20


1.2 Compact enclosures AEPainted Pages 118 – 119

122

Mounting panel

Mounting panel

Door interior view

Only for AE 1180.500

From 500 mm (19.7″) high with 2 cam locks, less than 500 mm (19.7″) with 1 cam lock in the center

AE 1090.500 and AE 1180.500 with holes for eyebolts, see page 1084.

(50) for AE 1033.500 and AE 1034.500

X

1

2

3

4

Part No. AE Height dimensionsmm

Width dimensionsmm

Depth dimensionsmm

Mounting paneldimensions

Painted H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 N1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 F1 F2 G1 G2

1033.500 300 295 260 225 27.5 9 300 295 260 211 223 233 210 190 168 – 184 41.5 45 254 215 275 250

1034.500 400 395 360 325 27.5 13 300 295 260 211 223 233 210 190 168 – 184 41.5 45 254 215 375 350

1030.500 300 295 260 225 27.5 9 380 375 340 291 303 303 155 132 113 – 129 33 63 334 295 275 250

1031.500 300 295 260 225 27.5 9 380 375 340 291 303 303 210 190 168 – 184 33 63 334 295 275 250

1380.500 380 375 340 275 27.5 11 380 375 340 291 303 303 210 190 168 – 184 33 63 334 295 355 330

1039.500 380 375 340 275 27.5 11 600 595 560 511 523 500 210 190 168 – 184 38 113 549 510 355 330

1339.500 380 375 340 275 27.5 11 600 595 560 511 523 500 350 330 308 – 324 38 113 549 510 355 330

1038.500 600 595 560 525 30 21 380 375 340 291 303 303 210 190 168 – 184 33 63 334 295 570 545

1338.500 600 595 560 525 30 21 380 375 340 291 303 303 350 330 308 – 324 84 113 334 295 570 545

1045.500 500 495 460 425 30 17 400 395 360 311 323 303 210 190 168 – 184 38 113 354 315 475 450

1050.500 500 495 460 425 30 17 500 495 460 411 423 303 210 190 168 – 184 38 113 449 410 470 445

1350.500 500 495 460 425 30 17 500 495 460 411 423 303 300 280 258 – 274 38 113 449 410 470 445

1057.500 700 695 660 625 30 25 500 495 460 411 423 303 250 230 208 – 224 38 113 449 410 670 645

1060.500 600 595 560 525 30 21 600 595 560 511 523 500 210 190 168 – 184 38 113 549 510 570 545

1360.500 600 595 560 525 30 21 600 595 560 511 523 500 350 330 308 – 324 38 113 549 510 570 545

1076.500 760 755 720 675 30 27 600 595 560 511 523 500 210 190 168 – 184 38 113 549 510 730 705

1376.500 760 755 720 675 30 27 600 595 560 511 523 500 350 330 308 – 324 38 113 549 510 730 705

1058.500 800 795 760 725 30 29 600 595 560 511 523 500 250 230 208 – 224 38 113 549 510 770 745

1090.500 1000 995 960 925 35 37 600 595 560 511 523 500 250 230 208 – 224 38 113 539 500 955 930

1077.500 760 755 720 675 30 27 760 755 720 671 683 500 210 190 168 – 184 38 113 704 665 730 705

1073.500 760 755 720 675 30 27 760 755 720 671 683 500 300 280 258 – 274 38 113 704 665 730 705

1180.500 1000 995 960 925 35 37 800 795 760 711 723 500 300 280 258 – 274 70 113 739 700 955 930

1 mm = 0.03937008″

Industrial EnclosuresCompact enclosures


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

T1

T2

2.5113T4

H8

T3

H2

H3

2.5 2.5

44.5

H5

N1

x 25

= H

4

197 303303

Ø 3

.7

H1

Ø 6

.5

i.L. 960

49549550

H7N4

x 25

= H

10

36

H6

58

424 ± 2

436 ± 2

44.5

32436 ± 2

424 ± 2

2

X

12

Ø 10

9010

G1

F1

G2

F2

1

1 T = Depthi.L. = Clearance width


280

300

i.L.1

160

1194

4113

70

35

264

X

2.5

35

500

3.7

25

488 (688)

500 (700)

44.5

585

38.5

1200

6.5

560 (760)

595 (795) 2.5

45 x

25

= 1

125

X

Y

1125

(13

25)

2.5495

960

4952.5

30.5

405

393 44.5424

436

44.5

6.5

3.7

1200

(14

00)

2532

585

(685

)

303 197 303

X

Y

320 (520)/720

500 (700)/900

540 (740)/940

1130

/133

0

1155

/135

5

10

10

12.5

16

85

Part No. AEH W D Door(s)

Painted

1260.500 1200 600 300 1

1280.500 1200 800 300 1

1213.500 1200 1000 300 2

1114.500 1400 1000 300 2



1.2 Compact enclosures AEPainted Page 120

1000

Door interior view

Only for AE 1100.500

AE 1110.500 with holes for eyebolts, see page 1084.

X

1

2

Part No. AEH1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H10 N1 N4 T1 T2 T3 T4 F1 F2 G1 G2

Painted

1100.500 760 755 720 675 698 660 598 30 575 27 23 210 190 168 – 184 38 944 905 730 705

1130.500 760 755 720 675 698 660 598 30 575 27 23 300 280 258 – 274 70 944 905 730 705

1110.500 1000 995 960 925 938 900 838 35 825 37 33 300 280 258 – 274 70 939 900 955 930

1 mm = 0.03937008″

Painted Page 120

600 (800) 1000

50

Detail Y
Door interior view
Hole for eyebolts

X

Y

Compact enclosures


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

20

75

20 B2

100

B4

100

H1

B375

M6 x 12

1

3

2

20

2.5

H4

H3

2.5

H2

T2

Ø 9138

225

6.5

275

260

162

122

9

F2

G2

G1

90

10

585

675

1125

1200

20

35

i.L. 760 20i.L

. 116

0

2.52.5 795

75

75

49

M6 x 12

585

375

1125

(92

5)

1200

(10

00)

75

50

30.5

46.5

75

375

75

54

1125

(92

5)

i.L. 1

160

(960

)

45

M6 x 12

2

2.5 495 495 2.5

2

1

1

280

300

2.5

1194

(99

5)3.

5 (2

.5)

260 – 275

F1

F2

G2

G1

90

10

12.5

700 (900)

1130

1150




1.2 Compact enclosures AEHeight: 300 – 1200 mm (11.8 – 47.2″), width: 200 – 1000 mm (7.9 – 39.4″), stainless steel Page 273

Mounting panels

2.5

B1

2.5

AE 1002.600, AE 1016.600
122
AE 1002.600
AE 1004.600 – AE 1016.600
T1

For AE 1002.600, AE 1004.600, AE 1005.600, AE 1006.600, AE 1009.600 only one cam lock in the center and without bolts in the center

50 for AE 1002.600

Does not apply to AE 1002.600

1

2

3

AE 1017.600 AE 1018.600/AE 1019.600

F1

Installation position of the mounting panel is rotated by 90° for AE 1005.600.

800
1000 12.5
Mounting panels

AE 1018.600

i.L. 9600

20

Cam lock for AE 1018.600

Locking rod for AE 1019.600

Dimensions in brackets for AE 1018.600.

1

2

520 (720)

AE 1017/AE 1019.600



740 (940) 18

Part No. AE Height dimensions mm Width dimensions mm Depth dimensions mm Mounting panel dimensions Material thickness mm

Stainless steel H1 H2 H3 H4 B1 B2 B3 B4 T1 T2 G1 G2 F1 F2 Enclosures Door Mountingpanel

1002.600 300 295 274 225 200 167 – 56 155 135 – – – – 1.25 (18 ga) 1.5 (16 ga) 2.0 (14 ga)

1004.600 300 295 260 225 380 340 250 66 155 113 – 129 275 250 334 295 1.38 (17 ga) 1.5 (16 ga) 2.0 (14 ga)

1005.600 380 375 340 275 300 260 175 66 210 168 – 184 275 250 334 295 1.38 (17 ga) 1.5 (16 ga) 2.0 (14 ga)

1006.600 380 375 340 275 380 340 250 66 210 168 – 184 355 330 334 295 1.38 (17 ga) 1.5 (16 ga) 2.5 (12 ga)

1007.600 500 495 460 425 500 460 375 66 210 168 – 184 470 445 449 410 1.38 (17 ga) 1.5 (16 ga) 2.5 (12 ga)

1013.600 500 495 460 425 500 460 375 66 300 258 – 274 470 445 449 410 1.5 (16 ga) 1.5 (16 ga) 2.5 (12 ga)

1008.600 600 595 560 525 380 340 250 66 210 168 – 184 570 545 334 295 1.38 (17 ga) 1.5 (16 ga) 2.5 (12 ga)

1009.600 380 375 340 275 600 560 475 66 210 168 – 184 355 330 549 510 1.38 (17 ga) 1.5 (16 ga) 2.5 (12 ga)

1010.600 600 595 560 525 600 560 475 66 210 168 – 184 570 545 549 510 1.38 (17 ga) 2.0 (14 ga) 2.5 (12 ga)

1012.600 760 755 720 675 600 560 475 66 210 168 – 184 730 705 549 510 1.38 (17 ga) 2.0 (14 ga) 3.0 (11 ga)

1014.600 760 755 720 675 760 720 625 66 300 258 – 274 730 705 704 665 1.5 (16 ga) 2.0 (14 ga) 3.0 (11 ga)

1016.600 1000 955 960 925 800 760 675 66 300 258 – 274 955 930 739 700 1.5 (16 ga) 2.0 (14 ga) 3.0 (11 ga)

1017.600 1200 – – – 800 – – – 300 – – – – – 1.5 (16 ga) 2.0 (14 ga) 3.0 (11 ga)

1018.600 1000 – – – 1000 – – – 300 – 955 930 939 900 1.5 (16 ga) 2.0 (14 ga) 3.0 (11 ga)

1019.600 1200 – – – 1000 – – – 300 – – – – – 1.5 (16 ga) 2.0 (14 ga) 3.0 (11 ga)

1 mm = 0.03937008″


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

90 90

H5

B5

H4

Ø 10

T2

M6

6060 60

H2

H3

H1

1

133.

5

M6

60

2.5B2

B3

1

122

260

9

162

275

Ø 9

Ø 6.5 Ø 9

0

24

ga)Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch

1 mm = 0.03937008″

X

H3

H4

141

B6

B5

B4 1.5

B3

B2 50 50

B1

Ø 6.5

H5

55

69

270

370

400

62.

5 3

7.5

355 – 373

H1

H2

33

X

50 50

B4

B3

1.5

i.L.1

092/

1292

B5

B6 B8

B7

B1

B2

H4

H5

4054

141

1.5

B9 B10

X

10

G2

G2

G1

12.5

.5

90 90

F2F2

19.5 19.5

1

120 Ø16




1.2 Compact enclosures AEProtection category IP 69K Page 121

B425T1

T

2.5B1

Mounting panelAE 1101.010

With AE 1101.010 one cam lock1PH

58.5 for AE 1101.010 1

art No. AE 1101.010 1101.020 1101.030 1101.04eight (H1) 330 400 650 650

Width (B1) 230 400 400 650

Depth (T) 155 250 250 250

Door height (H2) 325 395 645 645

Door width (B2) 225 395 395 645

Clearance height (H3) 270 340 590 590

Clearance width (B3) 170 340 340 590

Enclosure depth (T1) 130 225 225 225

Installation depth (T2) 135 208 – 224 208 – 224 208 – 2

Mounting panel width (B4) – 334 334 549

Center-to-center spacing of the attachment holes (B5) 295 295 510

Mounting panel height (H4) – 355 570 570

Center-to-center spacing of the attachment holes (H5) 330 545 545

Mounting panel thickness in mm (ga) 2 (14 ga) 2 (14 ga) 2.5 (12 ga) 2.5 (12

1.2 Compact enclosures AKPage 122

Mounting panel AK 1646.500 AK 1652.500 AK 1647.500
AK 1648.500 AK 1650.500
F1

12 1

50

Holes for eyebolts (2x)

Door interior view

Only for 1647.500/1650.500/ 1652.500

X

1


Part No. AK

Height dimensions mm Width dimensions mm Mounting panels mm

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 F1 F2 G1 G2

1646.500 1200 1166 1092 568 38 x 25 = 950 600 500 524 597 459 443 – – – – 514 – 1125 550

1648.500 1200 1166 1092 568 38 x 25 = 950 800 700 724 797 659 643 – – – – 714 – 1125 550

1652.500 1200 1166 1092 568 38 x 25 = 950 1200 1100 1124 1197 513 497 477 461 595 597 1114 537.5 1125 550

1650.500 1200 1166 1092 568 38 x 25 = 950 1000 900 924 997 413 397 377 361 495 497 914 437.5 1125 550

1647.500 1400 1366 1292 668 46 x 25 = 1150 1000 900 924 997 413 397 377 361 495 497 914 437.5 1325 650

1 mm = 0.03937008″

Compact enclosures



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

R 35

B4

B652

B2

B7

B1

B3

B5H

3

H4

100

H6

H5

B8

1 2

X

4.5

H2

H1

H7

25

T1

m1

m2

3

T4

T3

12.5

42.5

42.5

12.5

12.5

3

m3

17.5

G1

10

50

10.

5

F1

16

60

10.5

8.5



1.2 Fiberglass enclosures KSPage 123

KS 1423.600 and KS 1432.600 with only one cam lock in the center

Mounting panel

B7 = Separation width for wall-mounting hole

H7 = Separation height for wall-mounting hole

Only for KS 1423.600 and KS 1432.600

Viewing window only with KS 1448.600, KS 1449.600, KS 1454.600, KS 1467.600

Door interior view

1

2

X

Part No. KS

Height dimensions mm Width dimensions mm Depth dimensions mm Mounting panels mm

H1 H2 H3 H41) H5 H6 H7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B61) B7 B8 T1 T3 T4 m1 m2 m3 F1 G1

1423.600 300 280 256 – 200 245 250 200 140 150 – 100 – 150 25 150 80 – 110/117 119 2.0 3.0 3.0 145 250

1432.600 350 330 306 – 250 295 300 250 190 200 75 150 – 200 50 150 80 – 110/117 119 2.0 3.0 3.0 195 300

1434.600 400 380 355 – 300 345 350 300 240 249 100 200 – 250 50 200 80 – 160/167 169 2.0 3.0 3.0 245 350

1444.600/ 1448.600 400 380 354 250 300 345 350 400 340 348 200 300 230 350 100 200 80 – 159/166 168.5 2.5 3.2 3.2 345 350

1446.600/ 1449.600 600 580 554 450 500 545 550 400 340 348 200 300 230 350 100 200 80 – 158/165 168 2.5 3.5 3.5 345 550

1466.600/ 1467.600 600 580 554 450 500 545 550 600 540 548 400 500 430 550 200 200 80 – 158/165 168 2.5 3.5 3.5 545 550

1453.600/1454.600 500 480 454 350 400 445 450 500 440 434 300 400 330 450 150 300 80 – 258/265 268 2.5 3.5 3.5 417 450

1) Only in enclosures with viewing window.

1 mm = 0.03937008″



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

72

25

R 90

H3

H4 H6

H5

50

B2

B6

B4X

A – A

267

H1

12.5

m2

H2

3

3

m3

12.5

H7

80 – 2541)/2642)

7

300

ZZ 33.5

50 10

10.5

17.5

10.5

16

8.5

G1

F1

AB

60

H3

H6

H5

497.5

B2

B4

497.5

B2

B4

50

41 41B3

B5

A X

Y

240



1.2 Fiberglass enclosures KSPage 124

27 40

B1

B3

B5

KS 1469.600/KS 1479.600 KS 1468.600/KS 1480.600 without viewing window

60

Mounting panel

B1

KS 1400.600
1) Infinitely variable with mounting
panel depth adjuster KS 1491.0002) When mounting on studs

directly on the threaded insert

B7 = Separation width for wall-mounting hole

H7 = Separation height for wall-mounting hole

Door interior view

Screw-fastened center bar for KS 1400.000

Distance from mounting insert to center bar

X

Y

Z

Y
Z
Part No. KSHeight dimensions mm Width dimensions mm Mounting panel dimensions

H1 H2 H3 H41) H5 H6 H7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B61) B7 m2 m3 G1 F1

1468.600/1469.600 800 780 753 590 700 740 750 600 485 533 400 500 410 550 3.7 3.7 750 517

1479.600/1480.600 1000 980 953 790 900 940 950 800 685 733 600 700 610 750 3.7 4.0 950 717

1400.600 1000 980 952 – 900 940 950 1000 387 918 300 900 – 950 3.5 4.0 950 9171) Only in enclosures with viewing window.

1 mm = 0.03937008″

Large enclosures



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

Ø 4.6

Ø 9

25.5

H2

3

M6

4 x

25 =

100

98i.L

. H7

H6

H8

72i.L. B6

B7

72

B1

B8

H9

98i.L

. H7

H6

H8

H9

Ø 4.6

Ø 9

25.5

H2

3

M 6

4 x

25 =

100

i.L. B6

B772 i.L. B6

B772

B8

B1

33.5

63.5

20 203

25.5

30

T5

T4

T1

38.5 T7 38.5

T6 – 149 2

i.L. H

3

H2

45

53

46.5

54.5

G H5

25

65

H1

Ø 16

99

50

T1

T2

63.5

63.5

2525

62B562

i.L. B9

F

30

B2

99

50

i.L. B3

30

Ø 16

B28B2

i.L. B3

i.L. B9 39 i.L. B9

F

99

50

99

50

T1

T2

63.5

63.5

2525

62 B5 62

3030Y

89

1.4 Freestanding enclosure ES 5000Painted Pages 136, 137




Detail Y(only with ES 5784.500 and ES 5905.500)

20.5

793 or 893
793 or 893
Double door

Part No. ES Height dimensions mm Width dimensions mm Depth dimensions mmMounting

paneldimensions

Painted Stainless steel H1 H2 H3 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 B1 B2 B3 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 T1 T2 T4 T5 T6 T7 F G

5080.500 – 1810 1775 1712 1675 1650 1630 1600 898 999 492 912 875 355 375 935 801 402 275 349 269 349 325 899 1696

5265.500 – 1610 1575 1512 1475 1450 1430 1400 798 1199 592 1112 1075 455 475 1135 481 502 375 449 369 449 425 1099 1496

5284.500 – 1810 1775 1712 1675 1650 1630 1600 898 1199 592 1112 1075 455 475 1135 481 402 275 349 269 349 325 1099 1696

5205.500 5455.600 2010 1975 1912 1875 1850 1830 1800 998 1199 592 1112 1075 455 475 1135 481 502 375 449 369 449 425 1099 1896

5784.500 – 1810 1775 1712 1675 1650 1630 1600 898 1599 792 1512 1475 655 675 1535 681 402 275 349 269 349 325 1499 1696

5905.500 – 2010 1975 1912 1875 1850 1830 1800 998 1799 892 1712 1675 755 775 1735 781 502 375 449 369 449 425 1699 1896

Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″

Industrial EnclosuresLarge enclosures


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

23

G

24.5

4873

17

42

23

23

24.5

10.

12.5 4.5

11.8

44.3

20.5


1.4 Freestanding enclosure ES 5000Painted Pages 136, 137


F

Mounting panel
Enclosure
Mounting panel

B1 =B2 =B3 =

B5 =

B6 =

B7 =

B8 =B9 =

H1 =H2 =H3 =

H5 =H6 =

H7 =

H8 =

H9 =

T1 =T2 =

T4 =T5 =T6 =

T7 =

Overall widthWidth of doorClearance between enclosure frame sectionsSection length of system punchings/hole distance of base and plinth attachmentClearance between the tubular door frame sectionsDistance between the rows of tubular door frame holes Spacing between eyeboltsClearance in base aperture

Overall heightHeight of rear panel and doorClearance between enclosure frame sectionsSection length of system punchingsDistance between the rows of tubular door frame holes Clearance between the tubular door frame sectionsSpacing of tubular door frame fastening boltsDistance from base to center of lock

Overall depthSection length of system punchings/holedistance of base and plinth attachmentDepth of base frameClearance in base aperturePossible mounting depth (mounting panel assembly) up to 149 mm (5.9″), Depth-adjustable on a 25 mm (1.0″) system hole patternCenter-to-center distance between eyebolts

F = G =

Overall widthOverall height

Cross-section

11.8

23.5

5

12.5

25

System hole pattern

Single door

Part No. ES Height dimensions mm Width dimensions mm Depth dimensions mmMounting

paneldimensions

Painted Stainless steel H1 H2 H3 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 B1 B2 B3 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 T1 T2 T4 T5 T6 T7 F G

– 5450.600 1610 1575 1512 1475 1450 1430 1400 798 599 592 512 475 455 475 535 401 402 275 349 269 349 325 499 1496

5665.500 – 1610 1575 1512 1475 1450 1430 1400 798 599 592 512 475 455 475 535 401 502 375 449 369 449 425 499 1496

5684.500 – 1810 1775 1712 1675 1650 1630 1600 898 599 592 512 475 455 475 535 401 402 275 349 269 349 325 499 1696

– 5451.600 1810 1775 1712 1675 1650 1630 1600 898 599 592 512 475 455 475 535 401 502 375 449 369 449 425 499 1696

5605.500 – 2010 1975 1912 1875 1850 1830 1800 998 599 592 512 475 455 475 535 401 502 375 449 369 449 425 499 1896

5865.500 – 1610 1575 1512 1475 1450 1430 1400 798 799 792 712 675 655 675 735 601 502 375 449 369 449 425 699 1496

5884.500 – 1810 1775 1712 1675 1650 1630 1600 898 799 792 712 675 655 675 735 601 402 275 349 269 349 325 699 1696

5805.500 – 2010 1975 1912 1875 1850 1830 1800 998 799 792 712 675 655 675 735 601 502 375 449 369 449 425 699 1896

5084.500 5454.600 1810 1775 1712 1675 1650 1630 1600 898 999 992 912 875 855 875 935 801 402 275 349 269 349 325 899 1696

– 5452.600 1810 1775 1712 1675 1650 1630 1600 898 799 792 712 675 655 675 735 601 502 375 449 369 449 425 699 1696

– 5453.600 2010 1975 1912 1875 1850 1830 1800 998 799 792 712 675 655 675 735 601 602 475 549 469 549 525 699 1896

Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″

Large enclosures



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

i.L. T3

35 35T7

i.L. H

3

H2

H1

463.5

444.5

64.5

30

H5

32.5

62.5i.L. T5

T4

G

5551

25

T6 2

17

T1

H9

H8

i.L. H

7

H6

96

71

i.L. B5

B6

71

22

H4

2.5

B7

B1

4 x

25 (

= 1

00)

Ø 4.6Ø 9

M6

60

H6

i.L. H

7

H8

H9

96

71

60

H4

222.

5

71

B6

i.L. B5

Ø 6

4 x

25 (

= 1

00)

Ø 9

M6

B6

i.L. B5

B1

B7

3030

T2

6565

T1

49 F 49

i.L. B8Ø 1678.5

78.5

30 30

B4

46.5

i.L. T

346

.5i.L. B3

61 61

M12

1815

T1

T2

78.5

65

30

Ø 16

61

30

49

65

30

i.L. T

346

.5

78.5

M12

46.5

61

30

49

B4

F

i.L. B8

i.L. B3

i.L. B8

1815

1

1.4 TS8 modular enclosure systemPainted Pages 138 – 147



B2

Base/plinth-mounting: B4 x T2

B2

Base/plinth-mounting: B4 x T2

Note:With fitted sidewalls, the overall width (B1) is increased by 9 mm (0.4″). Between bayed enclo-sures, allow 3 mm (0.1″) for the seal.

Does not apply to TS 8880.500/TS 8881.500

1


Double door

Part No. TS Height dimensions mm Width dimensions mm Depth dimensions mmMounting

panel dimensions

Painted Stainless steel H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 F G

8245.500 – 1405139713121377.51275125012301200 711 1197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 1099 1296

8080.500 – 1805179717121777.51675165016301600 911 997 992 912 875 355 375 935 400 405 275 312 368 240 130 – 355 335 899 1696

8284.500 8456.600 1805179717121777.51675165016301600 911 1197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 405 275 312 368 240 130 – 355 335 1099 1696

8880.500 – 1805179717121777.51675165016301600 911 797 792 712 675 255 275 735 640 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 699 1696

8285.500 8453.600 1805179717121777.51675165016301600 911 1197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 1099 1696

8881.500 – 1805179717121777.51675165016301600 911 797 792 712 675 255 275 735 640 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 699 1696

8286.500 – 1805179717121777.51675165016301600 911 1197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 1099 1696

8204.500 – 2005199719121977.5187518501830180010111197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 405 275 312 368 240 130 – 355 335 1099 1896

8005.500 – 2005199719121977.518751850183018001011 997 992 912 875 355 375 935 400 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 899 1896

8205.500 – 2005199719121977.5187518501830180010111197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 1099 1896

8006.500 – 2005199719121977.518751850183018001011 997 992 912 875 355 375 935 400 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 899 1896

8206.500 8451.600 2005199719121977.5187518501830180010111197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 1099 1896

8208.500 – 2005199719121977.5187518501830180010111197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 805 675 712 768 640 130 – 755 735 1099 1896

8226.500 – 2205219721122177.5207520502030200011111197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 1099 2096

8265.500 – 1605159715121577.51475145014301400 – 1197119211121075 455 475 1135 500 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 1099 1496

Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

73 48 24.5

23

17 23

F

42

24.5

G

2325

12.5 4

25 12.5

4.5

i.L. (

T3)

i.L. (B3)

42.5

42.5

i.L. (

H3)

i.L. (B3/T3)

42.5 12

.5

11.5

4.5

12.5

12.5 4

10.525

20

Mounting panel



6.5

42.5

Cross-sectionsvertical

Horizontal

Enclosure

Mounting panel

B1 =B2 =B3 =

B4 =

B5 =

B6 =

B7 =B8 =

H1 =H2 =H3 =H4 =H5 =H6 =

H7 =

H8 =

H9 =T1 =T2 =

T3 =

T4 =T5 =T6 =

T7 =

Overall widthWidth of doorClearance between enclosure frame sectionsSection length of system punchings/hole distance of base and plinth attachmentClearance between the tubular door frame sectionsDistance between the rows of tubular door frame holes Spacing between eyeboltsClearance in base opening

Overall heightHeight of rear panelClearance between enclosure frame sectionsHeight of doorSection length of system punchingsDistance between the rows of tubular door frame holes Clearance between the tubular door frame sectionsSpacing of tubular door frame fastening boltsDistance from base to center of lockOverall depthSection length of system punchings/hole distance of base and plinth attachmentClearance between enclosure frame sectionsDepth of base frameClearance in base aperturePossible mounting depth (mounting panel assembly), depth-adjustable on a 25 mm (1.0″) system hole pattern Center-to-center distance between eyebolts

F = G =

Overall widthOverall height

Depth dimensions mmMounting

panel dimensions

7 B8 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 F G

Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″


Single door

Part No. TS Height dimensions mm Width dimensions mm

Painted Stainless steel H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B

8645.500 – 1405 1397 1312 1377.5 1275125012301200 711 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 499 1296

8845.500 – 1405 1397 1312 1377.5 1275125012301200 711 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 499 1296

8684.500 – 1805 1797 1712 1777.5 1675165016301600 911 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 405 275 312 368 240 130 – 355 335 499 1696

8884.500 8454.600 1805 1797 1712 1777.5 1675165016301600 911 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 405 275 312 368 240 130 – 355 335 699 1696

8084.500 – 1805 1797 1712 1777.5 1675165016301600 911 997 992 912 875 855 875 935 840 405 275 312 368 240 130 – 355 335 899 1696

8485.510 – 1805 1797 1712 1777.5 1675165016301600 911 397 392 312 275 255 275 335 240 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 – –

8685.500 8457.600 1805 1797 1712 1777.5 1675165016301600 911 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 499 1696

8885.500 8455.600 1805 1797 1712 1777.5 1675165016301600 911 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 699 1696

8486.510 – 1805 1797 1712 1777.5 1675165016301600 911 397 392 312 275 255 275 335 240 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 – –

8686.500 – 1805 1797 1712 1777.5 1675165016301600 911 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 499 1696

8886.500 – 1805 1797 1712 1777.5 1675165016301600 911 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 699 1696

8604.500 – 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 405 275 312 368 240 130 – 355 335 499 1896

8804.500 – 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 405 275 312 368 240 130 – 355 335 699 1896

8405.510 – 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 397 392 312 275 255 275 335 240 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 – –

8605.500 – 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 499 1896

8805.500 – 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 699 1896

8406.510 – 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 397 392 312 275 255 275 335 240 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 – –

8606.500 8452.600 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 499 1896

8806.500 8450.600 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 699 1896

8608.500 – 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 805 675 712 768 640 130 – 755 735 499 1896

8808.500 – 2005 1997 1912 1977.5 18751850183018001011 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 805 675 712 768 640 130 – 755 735 699 1896

8626.500 – 2205 2197 2112 2177.5 20752050203020001111 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 499 2096

8826.500 – 2205 2197 2112 2177.5 20752050203020001111 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535 699 2096

8665.500 – 1605 1597 1512 1577.5 1475145014301400 – 597 592 512 475 455 475 535 440 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 499 1496

8865.500 – 1605 1597 1512 1577.5 1475145014301400 – 797 792 712 675 655 675 735 640 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435 699 1696

Large enclosures



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

H1

i.L. H

344

H2

4.5

42.5

35.5

H5

i.L. T5

T4

5551

25

T6 2

17

T1

12.5

1

3030

T2

6565

T1

49 699 49

i.L. 640Ø 1678.5

78.5

30 30

46.5

i.L. T

346

.5i.L. 712

67561 61

M12

1815

592 192

X34

0.5

93

90.5

71

i.L. 455i.L. 455

475

22

Ø 9

M6

Ø 4.6

H9

H8

i.L. H

796

H6

H4

4 x

25

(= 1

00)

12.7

119

.1

25.

4 2

2.2

25.

4

14.3



i.L. T3

3535 T7

463.5

772.560

735

797

7.1

1.4 TS8 modular enclosure systemFor flange-mount disconnect door Page 150

Detail X

Only for TS 8906.5001

Enclosure Note:The cutouts in the right trim piece are suitable for the following disconnect han-dles: Allen Bradley 1494 V-H11, Square D9422A1, ITE Siemens1) Max-Flex Series/F HOH, General Electric TDA Type 1 and 2. 1) Available in USA only.

H1 =H2 =H3 =

H4 =H5 =H6 =

H7 =

H8 =

H9 =

Overall heightHeight of rear panelClearance between enclosure frame sectionsHeight of door and trim panelSection length of system punchingsDistance between the rows of tubular door frame holes Clearance between the tubular door frame sectionsSpacing of tubular door frame fastening boltsDistance from base to center of lock

T1 =T2 =

T3 =

T4 =T5 =T6 =

T7 =

Overall depthSection length of system punchings/hole distance of base and plinthattachmentClearance between enclosure frame sectionsDepth of base frameClearance in base aperturePossible mounting depth(mounting panel assembly) Center-to-center distance between eyebolts

Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″

Part No. TSHeight dimensions mm Depth dimensions mm

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7

8984.500 1805 1797 1712 1778 1650 1650 1630 1600 911 405 275 312 368 240 130 – 355 335

8985.500 1805 1797 1712 1778 1650 1650 1630 1600 911 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435

8905.500 2005 1997 1912 1978 1850 1850 1830 1800 1011 505 375 412 468 340 130 – 455 435

8906.500 2005 1997 1912 1978 1850 1850 1830 1800 1011 605 475 512 568 440 130 – 555 535



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

1605

/200

5

535/735

1512

/191

2

1466

.6 (

33 H

E)/

1866

.9 (

42 H

E)

465

� 9

.5

44.4

5 31.7

5

7.6

452

452

63

43 48653

592

592

512/

712

512

622/

822

1.4 TS8 modular enclosure systemElectronic enclosures Page 148

HE = U

601.5

12.5

25

568

i.L. 440

77

42.5

4.5 44

3.5

46

2005

1997

i.L. 1

912

535 3135

i.L. 512

7718

50

597/797

18

M12

6161

512/712

42.5

i.L. 5

1246

.5

475/675

3030

Ø 16

601.

565

6547

5

3030

25 12.5

6.5

25

4.5

12.5 4

42.5

42.5

i.L.

42.5

42.5

i.L.

i.L. 10.5

20

11.5

4

12.5

4.5

12.5

12.5

25

60

597/797

535/735


Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″


1.4 TS8 modular enclosure systemFor modular front design Page 149

Cross-sections

Vertical Horizontal
i.L.

Operating housings


Rittal Handbook 31/Enclosure Systems

C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

Y

17171)

5

4

Y

X17

143

2

1

3

68

33

B8 (B1 + 25)

B5 (B1 – 33) 173

(176

)

31 (

34)

6880

2

1

B5 (B1 – 33)

B4 (B1 – 8)

B1

H1

H2

(H1

+ 1

33)

H6

(H1

+ 1

2)

H5

(H1 –

33)

B2 (B1 + 133)

H4

(H1

– 8)

B2 (B1 + 77)

H2

(H1

+ 7

7)

B2 (B1 + 88)

H2

(H1

+ 7

7)

7

Ø 70

Ø 82

80

112

Ø 100

205

(208

)

68

113

1

max

. ins

talla

tion

epth

155

mm

(6.1

″)


1.5 Rittal Command Panel VIP 60003.1 Installation depth Page 161

B6 (B1 + 12)

Front frame, wide Narrow Combined

155 mm (6.1″)1 B3 (with fins/partial fins: B1 + 85 mm (3.3″))

B3 (without fins: B1 + 55 mm (2.2″))

B7 (B1 + 43)

d

Dimensions in brackets refer to narrow and combined front frames.

Cross section of the cable duct1

Support arm connections

CP-L, Ø 130 mm (5.1″) CP-XL

7
Ø
185 mm (7.3″), screw-fastened2

Support arm cutout for CP-L system, Ø 130 mm (5.1″)2


Support arm connection for system Ø 131
0 mm (5.1″)
max

. ins

talla

tion

dept

h 18

5 m

m (7

.3″)

185 mm (7.3″), hinged3

4

max

. 130

°

X

Support arm connection for CP-L system, Ø 130 mm (5.1″)Only for CP 6392.109, CP 6392.209

Only for CP 6392.009

Max. installation space for hinged enclosures

Collision zone

1

2

3

4

5

1095

B1

1) See page 160.

Width dimensions: B1 = Width of the front panelB2 = Overall widthB3 = Enclosure widthB4 = Clearance width between

enclosure sectionsB5 = Clearance width between

retaining clamps of the mounting kit

B6 = Clearance width between the front frames

B7 = Width of the rear panelB8 = Internal clearance of enclosure,

width

HeH1H2H3

H4

H5

H6

H7

H8

ight dimensions: = Height of the front panel= Overall height= Enclosure height

(with fins: H1 + 85 mm (3.3″),without fins: H1 + 55 mm (2.2″))

= Clearance height between enclosure sections

= Clearance height between retaining clamps

= Clearance height between front frames

= Height of the rear panel (H1 + 43 mm (1.7″))

= Internal clearance of enclosure,height (H1 + 25 mm (1.0″))

max

. ins

talla

tion

dept

h

Industrial EnclosuresOperating housings

109 k 31/Enclosure Systems

C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

458

(461

)

222

364

3

316

(319

)

222

210

1

Y

17

X

4

134

8 (3

51)

254 22

2

3

X

17

Y3

2

5

4

X

Y

17

3

650 700 750

Y

X

650 700 750

Y

X

Courtesy of Ste South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com

1.5. Command Panel VIP 60003.1 Installation depth Page 161

295 mm (11.6″), screw-fastened4 295 mm (11.6″), hinged5

max

. ins

talla

tion

dept

h 29

5

max

. 170

°

max

. ins

talla

tion

dept

h 29

5



max

. ins

talla

tion

dept

h 32

8


328 mm (12.9″), hinged7
m
ax. i

nsta

llatio

n de

pth

328

max

. 130

°


max

. ins

talla

tion

dept

h 43

8 (1

7.2)


Support arm cutout for CP-L system, Ø 11

438 mm (17.2″), hinged9

max

. ins

talla

tion

dept

h 43

8

4

max

. 160

°

30 mm (5.1″)

Max. installation space for hinged enclosures

Support arm connection for system CP-XL

4

3

Only

Only

2

5

Calculating the swivel-mounting spac

for CP 6392.109 and CP 6392.209

for CP 6392.009

6

300250 350 400 450 500 550 600

482.6 mm (19˝)Front panel width (B1) mm
Rittal Handboo
300250 350 400 450 500 550 600

482.6 mm (19˝)Front panel width (B1) mm

100

Calculating the swivel-mounting space(for installation depth 185 mm (7.3″) and 295 mm (11.6″), hinged)

260

e(for installation depth 328 mm (12.9″) and 438 mm (17.2″), hinged)

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0X, Y

(m

m)

ven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way,

180

200

220

240

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0X, Y

(m

m)

Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local

Operating housings



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

3

2

20

2

4

438 (17.2)

Screw-fastened

Hinged

265 (10.4)

9

6 6

66.5

6176 17

.5


1.5 Rittal Command Panel VIP 60003.2 Front design Page 162

1

Cross member1 3 5

H1

top

17 28.5

H1

botto

m

Sealing bar2 4 5

Front panel 11

1

H1

top

H1

botto

m

Front panel 2

Cross member

Sealing bar

2

3

4

Minimum front panel width (B1)Depending on the:● Installation depth of the operating housing● Connection between the operating housing/keyboard housing● Position of the support arm connection

Dimensionsmm (inches)

Installation depth of operating housing mm (inches) (see page 161)

155 (6.1) 185 (7.3) 295 (11.6) 328 (12.9)

Prepared for the external-mounting of keyboard housing

(see design code number 3.7, page 164)

Support arm/wall-mounted and

pedestal connection (see design code

number 3.6, page 164)

Screw-fastened Screw-fastened Screw-fastened

Hinged Hinged Hinged

0 None0 to 3top orbottom

Minimum front panel width mm (inches)

169 (6.7) 265 (10.4) 169 (6.7) 265 (10.4)

1 Frame connector or 4 hinged

frame connector

1 top 169 (6.7) 265 (10.4) 169 (6.7) 265 (10.4)

2 and 3bottom 339 (13.3)1) 445 (17.5)1) 339 (13.3)1) 445 (17.5)1)

2 Enclosure duct connector

1 top 189 (7.4) 265 (10.4) 189 (7.4) 265 (10.4)

2 and 3bottom 339 (13.3) 445 (17.5) 339 (13.3) 445 (17.5)

3 Enclosure bar connector

1 top 169 (6.7) 265 (10.4) 169 (6.7) 265 (10.4)

2 and 3bottom 397 (15.6)1) 445 (17.5)1) 397 (15.6)1) 445 (17.5)1)

1) Smaller front panel widths for asymmetrical support arm connection available on request.

1 2 4 6 8

3 5 7

3.4 Trim types Page 163

Cover trim 1 End trim 2

B1/H1B1/H1

Front panel recessed, screws concealed
B1/H1 B1/H1
Front panel recessed

6

max

. 3.5

6

max

. 3.5

varia

ble

A

varia

ble

B1/H1 B1/H1

Spacer trim Front panel flush3
Mounting kit
for threaded bolts: M5: CP 6053.500M4: CP 6058.500

Mounting kitfor screw clamp: CP 6053.210

Mounting kits,

ssembly kitfor holes:M5: CP 6053.000M4: CP 6058.000M6: CP 6053.000/6058.000+ EL 2092.200+ screws M6 x 25 (1.0″)

see page 1037.

max

. 3.5

max

. 3.5

Industrial EnclosuresKeyboard housing


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

B1

B4 (B1 + 12)

B2 (B1 + 133)

B3 (B1 + 61)

B1

92

B2 (B1 + 77)

B1

1 + 88)

92

X

30°

H6 (H1 + 43)H3 (H1 + 61)

H1 x 0.87 + 123

H2 (H1 + 133)H1H5 (H1 – 8)

H4 (H1 + 12)

H1

x 0.

5 +

138

1

2

87

22

X

H1 x 0.87 + 74

.5 +

138

H6 (H1 + 43)H3 (H1 + 61)

H2 (H1 + 77)H1H5 (H1 – 8)

H4 (H1 + 12)

30°

1

2

87

22

X

H1 x 0.87 + 74

H1

x 0.

5 +

138

H6 (H1 + 43)H3 (H1 + 61)

H2 (H1 + 77)H1H5 (H1 – 8)

H4 (H1 + 12)

30°

1

2

B = Width


1.5 Rittal Command Panel VIP 60004.1 Keyboard housing Page 166

Installation depth 105 mm (4.1″)1

Front framesWide

123

max

.in

stalla

tion

dept

h10

5 (5

.1)

Narrow

126

max

.in

stalla

tion

dept

h10

5 (5

.1)

B2 (B

Combined

H1

x 0

126

max

.in

stalla

tion

dept

h10

5 (5

.1)

Frame connector,rigid/adjustable

CP 6058.XXX: M4CP 6053.XXX: M5

1

2

Enclosure duct connector


1

2

Enclosure duct connector


1

2

Keyboard housing


1099

C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

B1

B4 (B1 + 12)

B3 (B1 + 61)

B2 (B1 + 133)

X

H6 (H1 + 43)H3 (H1 + 56)

H1 x 0.87 + 123

30°

H2 (H1 + 133)H1H5 (H1 – 8)

H4 (H1 + 12)

H1

x 0.

5 +

97

1

2

B4 (B1 + 12)B1

B2 (B1 + 77)

B1 – 27131

X

66

19

H1 x 0.87 + 74

H1

x 0.

5 +

86

H2 (H1 + 77)H1H5 (H1 – 8)

H4 (H1 + 12)

H6 (H1 + 43)H3 (H1 + 56)

30°

1

2

B4 (B1 + 12)B1

B2 (B1 + 88)

B1 – 27

131

X

66

19

H1 x 0.87 + 74

H1

x 0.

5 +

86

H2 (H1 + 77)H1H5 (H1 – 8)

H4 (H1 + 12)

H6 (H1 + 43)H3 (H1 + 56)

30°

1

2

33


1.5 Command Panel VIP 60004.1 Keyboard housing Page 166


Front framesWide

63

max

.in

stal

latio

n de

pth

44 (1

.7)

Narrow
m
ax.

inst

alla

tion

dept

h 44

(1.7

)

Combined

max

.in

stalla

tion

dept

h 44

(1.7

)



1

2

Enclosure bar connector


1

2

Enclosure bar connector


1

2


Width dimensions:B1 = Width of the front panelB2 = Overall widthB3 = Enclosure widthB4 = Clearance width between

front framesB6 = Width of the rear panelB7 = Distance between rear panel holes,

width

Height dimensions:H1 = Height of the front panelH2 = Overall heightH3 = Enclosure heightH4 = Clearance height between

front framesH5 = Clearance height between

enclosure sectionsH6 = Height of rear panelH7 = Distance between rear panel holes,

width

68

X = Cross-section of cable tube connection

Industrial EnclosuresKeyboard housing


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

29021043

19

45

1

33

B2 (B1 + 133)

Ø 29

B7 (B1 + 21)

B6 (B1 + 54)

B2 (B1 + 133)

B7 (B1 + 21)

B6 (B1 + 54)

H1

x 0.

5 +

80

H1 x 0.87 + 112

27

30°

H2 (H4 + 121)

H6 (H4 + 42)H7 (H4 + 9)H4

1

H1

x 0.

5 +

80

H1 x 0.87 + 112

30°

X

H2 (H4 + 121)

H6 (H4 + 42)H7 (H4 + 9)H4

27

1

31.5

494.5

498.5

31.5

1

10

30°

60°


1.5. Command Panel VIP 60004.1 Keyboard housing Page 166

Depth 27 mm (1.1″)3

B4 (B1 + 12)

Front frame, wide,with cable entry grommet

B4 (B1 + 12)

Depth 27 mm (1.1″)

Front frame, wide,for cable tube, flexible

4

Support for keyboards

Narrow front frame and combined with cable entry grommet

5

87


1


1

Prepared for the support for mousepad, vertically hinged SM 2383.020

1

Hinged frame connector1

°

Rotation range

Width dimensions:B1 = Width of the front panelB2 = Overall widthB3 = Enclosure widthB4 = Clearance width between

front framesB6 = Width of the rear panelB7 = Distance between rear panel holes,

width

Height dimensions:H1 = Height of the front panelH2 = Overall heightH3 = Enclosure heightH4 = Clearance height between

front framesH5 = Clearance height between

enclosure sectionsH6 = Height of rear panelH7 = Distance between rear panel holes,

width

68

X = Cross-section of cable tube connection

Operating housings



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

H2

(H1

+ 4

4)

H3

(H1

– 8)

H1

B1

B4 (B1 – 33)

B3 (B1 – 8)

B2 (B1 + 44)

B3 (B1 – 8)

H4

(H1

– 33

)

H3

(H1

– 8)

88 31.5

148

90

H5

(H1

+ 3

6)

10

2

1

4

(H1

+ 1

1)10

3 42

(H1

+ 1

1)

10

2 3 4

B6 (B1 + 11)

60

130

95

40 1

B6 (B1 + 11)

110

4352

5

6

67

B6 (B1 + 11)

50 160

5

7

6

B1/H1

6 6

B1/H1

22 30

B1/

H1

B1/

H1

3

20

4

2


1.5 Optipanel2.1 Installation depth Page 173

132

max.installation depth41 mm (1.6″)

max. installa-
tion depth50 mm (2.0″)
H6

max. installation

depth100 mm

(3.9″)

H6

max.installation depth

150 mm (5.9″)

50 mm (2.0″)1

7

150 mm (5.9″)3

100 mm (3.9″)2

When preparing for rear support arm connection CP-L, 120 x 65 mm (2.6″)Hinge

Cable tube

When preparing for keyboard housings

Prepared for CP-L, 120 x 65 mm (2.6″)Channels for inserting the spring nuts M5

Prepared for CP-L, Ø 130 mm (5.1″)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Width dimensions:B1 = Width of the front panelB2 = Overall widthB3 = Clearance width between enclosure sectionsB4 = Clearance width between the retaining clamps

of the mounting kitB5 = Width of rear panel (B1 + 36 mm (1.4″))B6 = Clearance width for assembly

Height dimensions:
H1 = Height of the front panelH2 = Overall heightH3 = Clearance height between enclosure sectionsH4 = Clearance height between the retaining clamps
of the mounting kitH5 = Height of rear panelH6 = Clearance height for assembly

1.5 Optipanel2.2 Front design Page 174

Front panel screw-fastenedfrom the inside

max

. 5

Front panel screw-fastenedfrom the outside

max

. 5

1

Cross member

2max. 5

1

Sealing bar

H1

top

H1

botto

m

Front panel 1

Front panel 2

Cross member

Sealing bar

1

2

3

4

Industrial EnclosuresOperating housing/keyboard housing


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

1.5 Command Panel VIP 6000/Optipanel3.6/2.3 Support arm/wall and pedestal connection Pages 164/175

14

95

38

43 40

CP-L, 120 x 65 mm (4.7/2.6″)For installation depths 100/150 mm (3.9/5.9″)

External-mounting of support arm External-mounting of support arm

CP-L, Ø 130 mm (5.1″)For installation depth 150 mm (5.9″)

CP-SFor installation depths 100/150 mm (3.9/5.9″)

External-mounting of support arm

45°45°

7

Ø 45Ø 65

13.5

7 45°

25° Ø 82

R35

30

87

31.5

473.6

477

31.5

1

B1

B3 (B1 – 8)

B4 (B1 – 33)

B3 (B1 – 8)

H1H3 (H1 – 8)

60

78 +

0.5

x H

11)

H2 (H1 + 44)H4 (H1 – 33)H6 (H1 + 11)

10

1

52

H5 (H1 + 36)

H1H2 (H1 + 44)H3 (H1 – 8)

H4 (H1 – 33)

83 + 0.87 x H11)

121

+ 0

.5 x

H11)

10

H6 (H1 + 11)

1

68

33

B1B4 (B1 – 33)

B3 (B1 – 8)

B2 (B1 + 44)

B3 (B1 – 8)


29021043

19

45

1

Support for keyboards

Narrow front frame and combined with cable entry grommet

3

10

30°

60°


connections, see page 200. connections, see page 200.connections, see page 192.

1.5 Optipanel2.5 Keyboard housing Page 177

B2 (B1 + 44)58 + 0.87 x H11)


max. installation depth50 mm (2.0″)

110m

ax.

insta

llatio

n

dept

h 10

0 m

m (3

.9)


1) Applies to a tilting angle of 30° to the horizontal.

1

Cross-sectionCable duct connection

Width dimensions:B1 = Width of the front panelB2 = Overall widthB3 = Clearance width between enclosure

sectionsB4 = Clearance width between the retain-

ing clamps of the mounting kit

B5 = Width of rear panel (B1 + 36 mm (1.4″))B6 = Clearance width for assembly

Height dimensions:H1 = Height of the front panelH2 = Overall heightH3 = Clearance height between enclosure

sections

H4 = Clearance height between the retaining clamps of the mounting kit

H5 = Height of rear panelH6 = Clearance height for assembly

Prepared for the support for mousepad, vertically hinged SM 2383.020

1

Hinged frame connector1

°

Rotation range

Operating housings


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

1 1 2

6

1150

1 12 3 4

6

VIP 6000 Optipanel VIP 6000 Optipanel

1.5 OptipanelKeyboard housing connection Page 168

50°

10°120°

120°

max. 140°min.80°max. 155°min.80°


1.5 Command Panel VIP 6000/OptipanelRear cooling panel Pages 165/176

5

Rear cooling panel section, unless otherwise specified the cooling fins are arranged vertically.Width compensating panel, mounted in the center with an even number of heat sinks, or on the right with an uneven number.By rotating the entire rear panel through 180°, this position may be modified individually.Spring nut M5, CP 6108.000 for interior installation on screw channels.

1

2

3RTsb

The total depth of the enclosure is increased by 13 mm (0.5″).Front panel width for determining the cooling modules and compensating panel.Installation depth is reduced by 11 mm (0.4″).

45

6

ecommendation:
he minimum front panel width for the installation of at least 2 heat ink sections is 240 mm (9.4″) and should not be undercut, if possi-le.
Hinged frame connectorwith Optipanel keyboard housing1 2
Hinged frame connector
with support for keyboards3

Minimum front panel width (B1):Depending on the:

Tilting angle infinitely adjustable from 80° to 155°.
Tilting angle infinitely adjustable from 80° to 140°.

● Installation depth of the operating housing● With or without keyboard housing● Position of the support arm connection

Installation depth of operating housing(see page 173) mm (inches)

Keyboard housing(see page 177)

Position of the support arm connection(see page 175)

50 (2.0) 100 (3.9) 150 (5.9)

Minimum front panel width (mm (inches))

0 without 0 to 8top, bottom or rear 160 (6.3)

(265 (10.4)) 150 (5.9) 150 (5.9)

1 and 2 with

1, 4, 7, 8 top or rear

2, 3, 5, 6 at bottom 378 (14.9)1) 339 (13.4)1) 339 (13.4)1)

( ) Figures in brackets: Only with the hinged rear panel combination (see page 176)version 2 and 4 with connection rear panel (see page 175) version 7 and 8.

1) Smaller front panel widths for asymmetrical support arm connection available on request.


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

H6

H4

H2

B4

B1

H1

B2

B6

Ø 6.645°

Ø 45

Ø 65

53

31.5

148

90

1

H

H3

2

H

H3

3

B3 43

B5

52

110

5

2

B5

B3

60

3

37

14

43

95

130

95

40

B + 36

60

B + 11

4



Part No. CP 6380.100 6380.000 6380.010 6380.020 6380.030 6380.040

H1 = Height of front panel in mm (inches) 234 (9.2) 310.3 (12.2) 343 (13.5) 343 (13.5) 354.8 (14.0) 354.8 (14.0)

B1 = Width of front panel in mm (inches) 270 (10.6) 482.6 (19.0) 430 (16.9) 430 (16.9) 482.6 (19.0) 482.6 (19.0)

Max. installation depth in mm (inches) 50 (2.0) 100 (3.9) 50 (2.0) 100 (3.9) 50 (2.0) 100 (3.9)

Overall depth in mm (inches) 60 (2.4) 110 (4.3) 60 (2.4) 110 (4.3) 60 (2.4) 110 (4.3)

H2 = Overall height in mm (inches) 278 (10.9) 354 (13.9) 387 (15.2) 387 (15.2) 399 (15.7) 399 (15.7)

H3 = Clearance height between enclosure sections in mm (inches) 245 (9.6) 321 (12.6) 354 (13.9) 354 (13.9) 365 (14.4) 365 (14.4)

H4 = Clearance height between the retaining clamps of the mountingkit in mm (inches) 201 (7.9) 277 (10.9) 310 (12.2) 310 (12.2) 321 (12.6) 321 (12.6)

H5 = Height of rear panel in mm (inches) 270 (10.6) 346 (13.6) 379 (14.9) 379 (14.9) 391 (15.4) 391 (15.4)

H6 = Clearance height for assembly in mm (inches) 226 (8.9) 302 (11.9) 335 (13.1) 335 (13.1) 347 (13.7) 347 (13.7)

B2 = Overall width in mm (inches) 314 (12.4) 527 (20.7) 475 (18.7) 475 (18.7) 527 (20.7) 527 (20.7)

B3 = Clearance width between enclosure sections in mm (inches) 281 (11.1) 494 (19.4) 441 (17.3) 441 (17.3) 494 (19.4) 494 (19.4)

B4 = Clearance width between the retaining clamps of the mountingkit in mm (inches) 237 (9.3) 450 (17.7) 397 (15.6) 397 (15.6) 450 (17.7) 450 (17.7)

B5 = Width of rear panel in mm (inches) 306 (12.0) 519 (20.4) 466 (18.3) 466 (18.3) 519 (20.4) 519 (20.4)

B6 = Clearance width for assembly in mm (inches) 262 (10.3) 475 (18.7) 422 (16.6) 422 (16.6) 475 (18.7) 475 (18.7)

132

4

1.5 OptipanelStandard sizes Page 178

5 5

max.installation

depth100 (3.9)


50 (2.0)


41 (1.6)max.

installation depth50 (2.0)

Only for CP 6380.100

CP 6380.000, CP 6380.020, CP 6380.040

CP 6380.100

When preparing for rear support arm connections CP 6380.010, CP 6380.030

Prepared for CP-L, 120 x 65 mm (4.7 x 2.6″)

1

2

3

4

5

Prepared for CP-L, 120 x 65 mm (4.7 x 2.6″)for CP 6380.000

Operating housings


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

B1

B2

1.5

H1

H2

B4

69

39

1

50

95

100

55 4020

2

45°45°Ø 45

Ø 65

13.5

°

25°

T1

B5

H4

30

75

B4

B2

B3

30

B6

100

67

168

B7

15

Ø 7

0

Ø 7

Ø 8

2

H5

H3

H1

H2

198 – 203

1


1.5 Compact PanelPage 183

CP-L, 120 x 65 mm (4.7 x 2.6″) CP-SH4 H3

Mounting cutouts

7

7 45

Ø 7

Channels for M5 spring nuts

Alternative max. Ø 55 mm (2.2″)

1

2

B3

Part No. CP (with support arm connection CP-S) 6340.000 6340.100 6340.200 6340.300 6340.400

Part No. CP1)

(with support arm connection CP-L, 120 x 65 mm (4.7 x 2.6″) 6340.010 6340.110 6340.210 6340.310 6340.410

Part No. CP1)

(without support arm connection) 6340.020 6340.120 6340.220 6340.320 6340.420

Height (H1) in mm (inches) 238 (9.3) 388 (15.3) 521 (20.5) 238 (9.3) 388 (15.3)

Width (B1) in mm (inches) 241 (9.5) 241 (9.5) 241 (9.5) 315 (12.4) 315 (12.4)

Depth (T1) in mm (inches) 87 (3.4) 87 (3.4) 87 (3.4) 87 (3.4) 87 (3.4)

H2 = Enclosure clearance height in mm (inches) 192 (7.6) 342 (13.5) 475 (18.7) 192 (7.6) 342 (13.5)

H3 = Front panel height in mm (inches) 200 (7.9) 350 (13.8) 482.6 (19.0) 200 (7.9) 350 (13.8)

H4 = Clearance height between screw clamps in mm (inches) 186 (7.3) 336 (13.2) 469 (18.5) 186 (7.3) 336 (13.2)

B2 = Enclosure clearance width in mm (inches) 170 (6.7) 170 (6.7) 170 (6.7) 244 (9.6) 170 (6.7)

B3 = Front panel width in mm (inches) 178 (7.0) 178 (7.0) 178/4U 252 (9.9) 252 (9.9)

B4 = Clearance width between screw clamps in mm (inches) 164 (6.5) 164 (6.5) 164 (6.5) 238 (9.3) 238 (9.3)1) Delivery time approx. 2 weeks.

B1

1.5 Command panel housing with doorBased on AE Page 184

135 40

T1 = 180 Top view

Welded nut M8 for the attachment of mounting panels or support rails

1


Part No. CP 1 6534.000 6535.000 6537.000 6536.000 6538.000 6544.000

Height (H1) in mm (inches) PU 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 500 (19.7)

Width (B1) in mm (inches) 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 400 (15.7) 500 (19.7)

Depth (T1) in mm (inches) 180 (7.1) 180 (7.1) 180 (7.1) 180 (7.1) 180 (7.1) 180 (7.1)

H2 = Enclosure height with handle grips in mm (inches) 205 (8.1) 305 (12.0) 405 (16.0) 305 (12.0) 405 (16.0) 505 (19.9)

H3 = Spacing of mounting panel attachment in mm (inches) 122 (4.8) 250 (9.8) 350 (13.8) 250 (9.8) 330 (13.0) 445 (17.5)

H4 = Max. front cutout, height in mm (inches) 155 (6.1) 255 (10.0) 355 (14.0) 255 (10.0) 355 (14.0) 455 (17.9)

H5 = Distance from base – mounting panel attachment in mm (inches) 39 (1.5) 25 (1.0) 25 (1.0) 25 (1.0) 35 (1.4) 27.5 (1.1)

B2 = Enclosure width with handle grips in mm (inches) 338 (13.3) 338 (13.3) 338 (13.3) 438 (17.2) 438 (17.2) 538 (21.2)

B3 = Clearance opening, front in mm (inches) 258 (10.2) 258 (10.2) 258 (10.2) 358 (14.1) 358 (14.1) 458 (18.0)

B4 = Spacing of mounting panel attachment in mm (inches) 260 (10.2) 215 (8.5) 215 (8.5) 295 (11.6) 295 (11.6) 410 (16.1)

B5 = Max. front cutout, width in mm (inches) 227 (8.9) 227 (8.9) 227 (8.9) 327 (12.8) 327 (12.8) 427 (16.8)

B6 = Hinged width for depth 100 mm (3.9″) in mm (inches) 220 (8.7) 220 (8.7) 220 (8.7) 320 (12.6) 320 (12.6) 420 (16.5)

B7 = Hinged width for depth 168 mm (6.6″) in mm (inches) 200 (7.9) 200 (7.9) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7)



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

H3

B4

B2

1

Ø 82

Ø 7

B3

20

B1

Ø 7

0

234

(179

)

190

(135

)

T1

H1

H2

35

20

8 x 12.5

4.6

2

A

A

BB

B3

H3

B2

H2

H1

34

210

T1

= 2

49

190

15

15.5B4

15.5

H4

35 8 x 12.5

4.6

H5

1


1.5 Operating housingsBased on AE Page 185

120 Top view

Only for CP 6532.200 and CP 6533.200

For CP 6532.2002 cams

1

2

Note:Dimensions in brackets for CP 6540.200.

Part No. CP 1 6540.2001) 6531.200 6530.200 6532.200 6533.200

Height (H1) in mm (inches) PU 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 380 (15.0) 500 (19.7) 380 (15.0)

Width (B1) in mm (inches) 300 (11.8) 380 (15.0) 380 (15.0) 500 (19.7) 600 (23.6)

Depth (T1) in mm (inches) 155 (6.1) 210 (8.3) 210 (8.3) 210 (8.3) 210 (8.3)

H2 = Hole distance of side-mounting angles in mm (inches) 75 (3.0) 175 (6.9) 275 (10.8) 375 (14.8) 275 (10.8)

H3 = Cutout, in enclosure in mm (inches) 150 (5.9) 250 (9.8) 330 (13.0) 450 (17.7) 330 (13.0)

B2 = Enclosure width with handle grips in mm (inches) 340 (13.4) 420 (16.5) 420 (16.5) 540 (21.3) 640 (25.2)

B3 = Clearance opening, front in mm (inches) 260 (10.2) 340 (13.4) 340 (13.4) 460 (18.1) 560 (22.0)

B4 = Cutout, in enclosure in mm (inches) 250 (9.8) 330 (13.0) 330 (13.0) 450 (17.7) 550 (21.7)1) Support arm connection and door hinge at the bottom.

1.5 Operating housingBased on AE with display panel front Page 186

B1Section A – A Section B - B

120

For CP 6442.500only 1 cam in the center.

1

Part No. CP 1 6442.500 6462.500 6552.500 6662.500

Height (H1) in mm (inches) PU 380 (15.0) 600 (23.6) 500 (19.7) 600 (23.6)

Width (B1) in mm (inches) 380 (15.0) 380 (15.0) 500 (19.7) 600 (23.6)

Depth (T1) in mm (inches) 249 (9.8) 249 (9.8) 249 (9.8) 249 (9.8)

H2 = Height of display panel front in mm (inches) 377 (14.8) 597 (23.5) 497 (19.6) 597 (23.5)

H3 = Clearance opening, front in mm (inches) 307 (12.1) 527 (20.7) 427 (16.8) 527 (20.7)

H4 = Height of front panel in mm (inches) 321 (12.6) 541 (21.3) 441 (17.4) 541 (21.3)

H5 = Hole distance of side-mounting angles in mm (inches) 250 (9.8) 450 (17.7) 350 (13.8) 450 (17.7)

B2 = Width of display panel front in mm (inches) 379 (14.9) 379 (14.9) 499 (19.6) 599 (23.6)

B3 = Clearance opening, front in mm (inches) 309 (12.2) 309 (12.2) 429 (16.9) 529 (20.8)

B4 = Width of front panel in mm (inches) 323 (12.7) 323 (12.7) 443 (17.4) 543 (21.4)

Stand systems



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

600

957

273

85

521

85

162 BB

A A

3

M12

55°

50

130

136

18

660

13

1093

2

4

600

456

700

140

Ø 7

0

312

660

M12

18

13

5

76

1.5 PedestalPage 232

For Command Panel For IW worktops

Ø 7.4

40

69

34

R 17R 7.5

M5

48

28 44

8058

R43

2

44.5

1

140

700

456

600

70

130

A – A

B – B

Cover forcable entry

A – A

Max. PG 48/M50

Cross-sectioncable entry

Cutoutonly for CP 6141.100

Cable conduit adaptor only for CP 6141.100

1

2

3

4

Prepared forWorktopIW 6902.310/.330

Prepared for trim panel CP 6144.100 or foot rest CP 6145.100

Prepared for twin castors CP 6148.000 or base-mounting CP 6147.000

5

6

7

AA

380

350

90

600

521

946

2285

1.5 Pedestal mobilePage 235

C 30/15 x 100 lg

20

80

60

100

800

800

205

50

8560

0

80

550

160

75

R95

R110View A

View A

1.5 Pillar, smallPage 235

54

64

500

M8

35

50

160

450

80

450

500

Ø 12.5

M432

130

112

12

36

1150

A

View A


A

CP 6136.500
A
CP 6136.000

Industrial EnclosuresStand systems


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

M12

660

18

13

1 2

138

456

Ø 11

140

88700

M12

480

200

490

440

600

1

2

3

4

1.5 Cross member/base platePages 233/234

Cross member with cast feet Pedestal base plate, large

521

600

85

B A

100

65

5915 6 18.5

50 18.5

51

View A View BPrepared fortrim panel CP 6144.100 orfoot rest CP 6145.100

Prepared fortwin castors CP 6148.000or base-mounting CP 6147.000

1

2

510 for floor anchoringwith KL 1580.000, KL 1590.000

400 for floor anchoringwith KL 1580.000, KL 1590.000

Cutout for CP 6137.035

Cutout for CP 6137.535

1

3

4

1

2

3 4

B

C B

H

110

CP 6522.0X0

126

CP 6520.0X0

192

160

D

100

100

15

A

62

17

CP 6521.0X0

69

101

CP 6110.000 CP 6160.000

89.5

172

CP 6170.000

2

4

3

CP 6501.110 CP 6501.160

CP 6501.110

70

57

CP 6501.150

102

1


1.5 PillarPage 236

Part No. CP A B C D

6214.XX0 140 200 280 120

6220.XX0 200 300 400 180

Support arm connection according to the design code number

Cutout for cable entry according to the design code number

Cutout in base plate

Metal gland plate,see page 969.

1

2

3

4

Industrial workstations



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res


1.5 EnclosuresPage 245

Part No. IW

H mm(inches) 900 (35.4) 900 (35.4) 900 (35.4) 900 (35.4) 900 (35.4) 900 (35.4) 1000

(39.4)1000 (39.4)

1000 (39.4)

W/D mm(inches)600/600(23.6/23.6)

6900.000 6900.100 6900.200 6900.400 6900.410 6900.600 6901.000 6901.100 6901.200

Configu-ration Version Material Color

RAL RAL 7035 (light gray); RAL 7015 (slate gray); RAL 9006 (aluminum white)

Enclo-sures

Frame construction with side panels,screw-fastened from the inside

Sheet steel, 1.5 mm (16 ga)

7035 textured

� � � � � � � � � Base with gland plate for cable entry

Leveling feet to compensate for floor irregularities

Trim panel, top

To finish off the enclosure at the top

Plastic to UL 94-V0

7035/7015 � � �

Keyboard drawer

Drawer housing

Sheet steel, 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035

� �

Extension piece with cable support, hinged, plus pull-out mouse-pad and keyboardcradle

Trim panel with recessed handle, folded as handrest, with lock no. 3524 E

Plastic toUL 94-V0

7035/7015/9006

Drawer section

Drawer tray, fitted with drawer trim panel and telescopic slides

Sheet steel, 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 �

Extension piece with cable support, hinged, plus pull-out mouse-pad

Sheet steel, 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 �

Drawer trim panel with handle recess,with lock no. 3524 E

Plastic toUL 94-V0

7035/7015/9006

� �

Designer door

Vertical bars with lock-ing rod and double-bit insert, hinged on right-hand side

Aluminiumsection 7035

� � � � � � �

Door or installation plate, folded

Sheet steel, 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7015

Viewing door

Vertical decorative trim panels

Plastic toUL 94-V0 7035

� Glass with screen-printed mask

Safety glass 4.0 mm (0.2″) 7015

Drawer front

Drawer tray, slotted for cross member retainers,1x with low trim piece, 2x with high trim piece, each with handle recess,telescopic slides


7035/7015/9006

�

Worktop Solid

Chipboard, plastic-laminated on both sides, with edge strip

similar to 7035 Edge strip: similar to 7015

�

Roof Edged, screw-fastened from the inside


7035 textured �

Rear wallScrew-fastened from the inside Sheet steel, 1.5

mm (16 ga)7035 textured

� �

Screw-fastened from the outside �

Rear doorWith locking rod and double-bit,insert, right hinge


7035 textured � � � � � �

Industrial EnclosuresIndustrial workstations


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

900

(100

0)

604

512

362

4

3

812

(912

)

636

869

(969

)

512

1

2

512

362

604

1043

145

75

(101

8)

608

512

636

526

912

118

669

Dimensions in brackets for IW 6901.200. Dimensions in brackets for IW 6901.000.

512

900

7514

532

032

0

604

812

86.5

60

636

512

309

(240) (533)

465

237

889

512

362

604

902

145

512

812

518

275

100

83

655

36

11

1

Shelves with punchings for cross members

1

458

597

460

385

600

510

402 (502)

536 (636)

Dimensions in brackets only forIW 6902.XXX.

Monitor housingIW 6902.500IW 6902.510

Dimensions in brackets for IW 6900.410.


1.5 EnclosuresPages 245/246/250

Enclosure Enclosure
IW 6901.100IW 6901.200
IW 6900.000IW 6901.000IW 6900.100IW 6900.200

Rear wall for IW 6900.100 and IW 6900.200

Rear wall for IW 6900.000 and IW 6901.000

Design door for IW 6900.000, IW 6901.000 and IW 6900.100

Viewing door for IW 6900.200

1

2

3

4

EnclosureIW 6900.400IW 6900.410

EnclosureIW 6900.600

Industrial workstations



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

1.5 WorktopsPages 247 – 249

608

512

403

480

480

512

614

642

50

300

50

75

13

t = 1.5155155

1000

162.

5

317.

5

895 76

1

162.

5

60

R10

00

60

1

0

3

t = 38

618

645

400

t = 38

1200

(155)155

1009 95

0

155

162.

5

(162

.5)

R10

00

60

589

60 t = 38

1

0

3

2

317.

5

Without mounting cutout for IW 6902.100

Mounting cutout, left side, for enclosure attachment,only for CP 6902.120

Mounting cutout, right side, for enclosure attachment, only for CP 6902.130

Mounting cutout prepared for turntable,only for CP 6902.110

0

1

2

3

Without mounting cutoutfor IW 6902.000

Mounting cutout, left side,for enclosure attachment, only for CP 6902.020

Mounting cutout, right side, for enclosure attachment, only for CP 6902.030

Mounting cutout prepared for turntable, only for CP 6902.010

0

1

2

3

WorktopIW 6902.310

WorktopIW 6902.320

950

260

593.5

490

600

658

t = 38

950

260

590

490

600

t = 38

2000

685

R50

t = 38

WorktopIW 6902.200

2000

90076

6685 t = 38

12

WorktopIW 6902.210

IW 6902.210

IW 6902.220 (arranged as mirror)

1

2


RoofIW 6902.400

Worktop, without handle,IW 6902.100IW 6902.110IW 6902.120IW 6902.130

2

WorktopIW 6902.300

610

Worktop, with handle,IW 6902.000IW 6902.010IW 6902.020IW 6902.030

Industrial EnclosuresPC enclosure systems


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

366 190i.L. 512

202

122

833

70

924

530

1 2

i.L. 512

841

150

1605

362

455

500

i.L. 512

636

122

833

924

70

530

460

384

150

362

589

841

6445

8

i.L. 512

1605

366 190

558

122

924

70

636 (836)

i.L. 512 (712)

833

530

1 2 386

454

1605

362

841

439

362

6430

8

150

150

112

mm (inches) Part No. PCDepth 636 (25.0) 8366.000 8366.300 8366.400

Depth 836 (32.9) 8368.000 – –

Configuration Design Material Color RAL

EnclosureFrame construction with side panels and roof secured from the inside Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

textured � � � Gland plates, three-part Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) Zinc-plated

Rear door With locking rod and double-bit insert, hinged on the right-hand side Sheet steel 2.0 mm (14 ga) 7035 (light gray)

textured � � �

Viewing door, top

With support frame latched from the inside1), right hinge Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7015 (slate gray)

� � Vertical decorative trim panels Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)

Glass with screen-printed mask Safety glass 4.0 mm (0.2″) 7015 (slate gray)

Mounting compartment,large, top

Vertical bars, latched from the inside1), right hinge Aluminium section 7035 (light gray)

� Installation plate Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7015 (slate gray)

Trim strip top/bottom Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)

Component shelffor monitor

Slotted, permanently installed Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7015 (slate gray) � �

Drawer for keyboard

Enclosure Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

� � �

Keyboard extension piece with cable support, hingedmousepad extension piece and keyboard cradle Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

Trim panel with recessed handle, folded as handrest, with lock no. 3524 E Plastic to UL 94-V0

7035 (light gray)/7015 (slate gray)/9006 (aluminum white)

Mounting compartment, small

Right hinge, screw-fastened from the inside on left,folded installation plate Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7015 (slate gray)

� Decorative side trim panels Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)

Bottom doorVertical bars with locking rod and double-bit insert, hinged on right-hand side Aluminium section 7035 (light gray)

� � � Door or installation plate folded Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7015 (slate gray)

1) With unlatching for viewing door, top.

Max. 505 mm (19.9″), adjustable on a 25 mm (1.0″) hole pattern


1

2



1.5 Based on TS8With keyboard drawer Page 257

With drawerPC 8366.000, PC 8368.000

605 624 (824)
624
With mounting compartment, small and drawerPC 8366.300

i.L. 512

605

636



1

2

605 624 366 190

With mounting compartment, large and drawerPC 8366.400

PC enclosure systems



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res386

454

1605

362

439

300

841

6430

8

i.L. 512

605

i.L. 512 (712)

287624 (824)

157

397 (597)

380

422

636 (836)

1005

803

330

379

225

300

384

460

1605

362

i.L. 512

605

841

150

6445

8

589

636

1512

175

908

i.L. 512

(270)

11°

1 23

1.5 Based on TS8With folding keyboard or desk section Page 258

mm (inches) Part No. PCDepth 636 (25.0) 8366.100 8366.200

Depth 836 (32.9) 8368.100 –

Configuration Design Material Color RAL

EnclosureFrame construction with side panels and roof secured from the inside Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

textured � � Gland plates, three-part Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) Zinc-plated

Rear door With locking rod and double-bit insert, right hinge Sheet steel 2.0 mm (14 ga) 7035 (light gray)textured � �

Viewing door, top

With support frame latched from the inside1), right hinge Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7015 (slate gray)

� � Vertical decorative trim panels Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)


Component shelf for monitor Slotted, permanently installed Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7015 (slate gray) � �

Fold-out trayfor keyboard

Enclosure with mouse holder and cutout in the rear panel, width 482.6 mm (19″) x height 4U, for rear attachment Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

� Trim panel hinged at the bottom, with 2 retaining cords, with lock no. 3524 E Plastic to UL 94-V0


Keyboard support with mousepad extension piece and 2 nylon bands for keyboard Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

Desk section

Enclosure with removable cover top and bottom Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga)/2.0 mm (14 ga) 7035 (light gray)

� Trim strip, top and handle strip Plastic to UL 94-V0


Bottom doorVertical bars with locking rod and double-bit insert, right hinge Aluminium section 7035 (light gray)

� � Door or installation plate folded Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7015 (slate gray)



Max. installation area 540 x 175 mm (21.3 x 6.9″)

1

2

3



With fold-out trayPC 8366.100, PC 8368.100

624

894

With desk sectionPC 8366.200

Industrial EnclosuresPC enclosure systems

C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

1604

863

492

591

125

i.L. 512

54

500

483

1

854

939

620

i.L. 502

558

100

57

530

939

620 (820)

i.L. 502 (702)

854

558

100

57

530

1 2

939

854

558

100

i.L. 502

57

530

1 2

1.5 Based on ESWith keyboard drawer Page 259

Max. 355 mm (14.0″), adjustableon a 25 mm (1.0″) hole pattern

Max. 397 mm (15.7″), adjustableon a 25 mm (1.0″) hole pattern

1

2

1604

410

i.L. 512

591

863

125

492

8242

5

410

46520

M8 x 20

1604

8227

510

0

492

i.L. 512

150

863

125

4044

1

82.6 (19˝)

50

Max. 505 mm (19.9″)adjustableon a 25 mm (1.0″) hole pattern

Max. 547 mm (21.5″)adjustableon a 25 mm 1.0″) hole pattern

1

2

i.L. = Clearance w


599 647 205318

With mounting compartment, large and drawerPC 4603.603

External surface available for population

1

647 (847) 205318599

With drawerPC 4603.703, PC 4609.703

4

4

T max. 200

idth

647 318 205599

(

With mounting compartment, small and drawer PC 4603.913


620

Configura-tion Design Material Color RAL PC

4603.603 PC 4603.703 PC 4609.703

PC 4603.913

EnclosureSolid, open at bottom Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

textured � � � Gland plates, three-part Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) Zinc-plated

Rear door With locking rod and double-bit insert, right hinge Sheet steel 2.0 mm (14 ga) 7035 (light gray) textured � � �

Mounting compart-ment,large, top

Vertical bars, latched from the inside1), hinged on right-hand side Aluminium section 5018

(turquoise blue)� Folded installation plate Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

Trim strip top/bottom Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)

Viewing doortop

Vertical bars, latched from the inside2), right hinge Aluminium section 5018(turquoise blue)

� � Trim strip top/bottom Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)


Component shelffor monitor

Slotted, permanently installed Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray) � �

Drawer for keyboard

Enclosure Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

� � �

Keyboard extension piece with 1 pair of telescopic slides Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

Trim panel with recessed handle, folded as handrest, with lock no. 3524 E

Plasticto UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)

Decorative side trim panels Aluminium section 5018 (turquoise blue)

2 spacers for slimline keyboards Cellular rubber1) With unlatching for top viewing door

Mounting compart-ment,small

Right hinge, screw-fastened from the inside on left,folded installation plate Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

� Trim strip at the bottom Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)

Vertical bars Aluminium section 5018 (turquoise blue)

Bottom door

Vertical bars with locking rod, Ergoform-S handle and double-bit insert, right hinge Aluminium section 5018

(turquoise blue) � � � Door or installation plate folded Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)2) With unlatching for top viewing door with desk section

PC enclosure systems



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

410

492

1604

8227

5

i.L. 512

863

441

275

1001

385 (585)

620 (820)

i.L. 502 (702)40

8

450

275

829

155

1604

410

i.L. 512

591

863

125

492

8242

5

486

208

11°

620

45

i.L. 502

i.L. 1

512

200 65

912

1 2

1.5 Based on ESWith folding keyboard or desk section Page 260



599 231647 (847)

With fold-out trayPC 4603.920, PC 4609.920

599 647

With desk sectionPC 4603.704

Max.505 mm (19.9″),adjustableon a 25 mm (1.0″) hole pattern

Max. 547 mm (21.5″),adjustableon a 25 mm (1.0″) hole pattern

1

2

Configuration Design Material Color RAL PC 4603.920PC 4609.920

PC4603.704

EnclosureSolid, open at bottom Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

textured � � Gland plates, three-part Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) Zinc-plated

Rear door With locking rod and double-bit insert, right hinge Sheet steel 2.0 mm (14 ga) 7035 (light gray)textured � �

Viewing door, top

Curved outwards, vertical bars,latched on the inside1), right hinge Aluminium section 5018 (turquoise blue)

� � Trim strip top/bottom Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)


Component shelffor monitor Slotted, permanently installed Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray) � �

Fold-out trayfor keyboard

Enclosure with cutout in rear panel,width 19″ x height 4U, with screw-fastened lid Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray)

� Trim panel hinged at the bottom with2 retaining shears, with lock no. 3524 E Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)


Keyboard support,with 2 nylon loops for keyboard Sheet steel 7035 (light gray)

1) With unlatching for top viewing door

Desk section

Enclosure with removable lidtop and bottom.

Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga)/2.0 mm (14 ga)

7035 (light gray)

� Trim strip, top and handle Plastic to UL 94-V0 7035 (light gray)


Bottom door

Vertical bars with locking rod, Ergoform-S handle and double-bit insert, right hinge Aluminium section 5018 (turquoise blue)

� � Door or installation plate folded Sheet steel 1.5 mm (16 ga) 7035 (light gray) 1) With unlatching for top viewing door with desk section

Industrial EnclosuresConsole systems AP


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

800

50

724

7971.5

300

630

33.5 50

58

700

1100/1500

525/725

50

525/725

1124/1524

1200/1600

630

300

5050

33

33.5

101.

5

10.2

702/1102/1502

16.5

40.5

1919

10.2

816.5

36

24

20.5

532

3

1250

700

50

50

40

102524

Ø 10

120

100

16

597 (797) 595 (795)

5

5

1.5

50

1100 (1500)

40

10

25

120

100

24

Ø 1016

1.5 597 (797)595 (795)

50

1.5 PedestalsPage 265

H x W 670 x 1200/1600 mm (26.4 x 47.2/63.0″)AP 2620.500, AP 2630.500, AP 2640.500, AP 2650.500

D 400 mm (15.7″)Without rear door AP 2600.500, AP 2620.500, AP 2630.500

D 500 mm (19.7″)AP 2640.500, AP 2650.500

D 400 mm (15.7″)AP 2600.500, AP 2620.500,AP 2630.500

Max. 407 mm (16.0″)

1

D 500 mm (19.7″)AP 2610.500, AP 2640.500,AP 2650.500

715/1115/1515

600

10 12.5

575

12.5

12.5

20909020

1

Mounting panel for D 400 mm (15.7″)

Does not apply to AP 2600.500

1

H x W 670 x 800 mm (26.4 x 31.5″)AP 2600.500, AP 2610.500

370

575

47.5

670

600

373

i.L. 27050

400

557

70

30

24

i.L. 34050

24

30

500

472

120

532

557

70

670

440

30

24

1


D 500 mm (19.7″)AP 2610.500



Console systems AP



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

3232

365

50

3838

039

17

148.5148.5

13.4

25

797/1197/1597

6.5

1

2

320

420

i.L. 742/1142/1542

10.5

38

120

800/1200/1600

120

640/1040/1440

700/1100/1500

660/1060/1460

1

210

.5

420

38

320

420

i.L. 742/1142/1542

800/1200/1600

120

820100

950

470

37050

200

27050

788.5

27050

370

27050

850

820

758.5

19.5

200

393

460

55.5

12.5

12°

24�

46

125

41

X

1.5 Desk unitsPage 264H x D 200 x 850 mm (7.9 x 33.5″)AP 2611.500, AP 2641.500,AP 2651.500

View in X direction

Side viewH x D 200 x 950 mm (7.9 x 37.4″)AP 2613.500, AP 2643.500,AP 2653.500


Does not apply to AP 2611.500, AP 2641.500

1

2

Does not apply to AP 2611.500,AP 2613.500,AP 2641.500,AP 2643.500

Does not apply to AP 2611.500,AP 2613.500

1

2


422/

622

304/

504

68

32

733/1133/1533

32

797/1197/1597

12

797/1197/1597

148.5

99.5

732/1132/1532

148.5

==

348/

548

423.

5/62

3.5

99.5

12

10

12.5

350

715/1115/1515

325

2090

12.5

9020

12.5

t = 3

1

T2

T1

T3

11°

X

407

353.

530

0

55.5

Y

325

370

52.5 27050

350

26

430

286.5

317.5

11°

24

440

470

340

50

30

T2

T1

T3

X

6.5

42

430

26

300

356.5

387.5

359 40

7

353.

530

0

Y

55.5 55

.5

550

500 60

4

465

630

559

84.542

7°

XZ

496455

50

546

24

440

30 340

500

146

6.5

387.5

356.5

26

106

10052

Y

742/1142/1542

797/1197/1597

800/1200/1600

11.5

9

9

9

11.5

60

4411

11.5

11.5

60°

727/1127/1527

6

2.5

23

348/

548

23

19

1.5 ConsolesPage 264H x D 430 x 400 mm (16.9 x 15.7″)AP 2612.500, AP 2642.500, AP 2652.500

H x D 430 x 500 mm (16.9 x 19.7″)AP 2614.500, AP 2644.500, AP 2654.500


View in Y direction View in X direction View in Z direction

Dimensions in mm (inches)

Depth 400 (15.7)

Depth500 (19.7)

T1 = vertically hinged 3U 300 (11.8)

T2 = vertically hinged 6U 195 (7.7)

T3 = vertically hinged, max. 110 (4.3)

T1 = static, max. 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7)

Only for AP 2649.500

Only for AP 2648.500/ AP 2649.500

1

2

H x D 630 x 500 mm (24.8 x 19.7″)with deep rear door AP 2647.500, AP 2648.500, AP 2649.500

Only for AP 2649.500, AP 2652.500, AP 2654.500,AP 2664.500

Does not apply to AP 2612.500, AP 2614.500, AP 2647.500, AP 2662.500

1

2


23

11.5


60


Industrial EnclosuresConsoles AP


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

B6

B5

B4

B1

50

1.5 1.5

47

B7

B3

B2

1

B2

52.5

498

1

420

8

61

20

6.5

52.5

31 31

25 2

12.5

12.5

92.5

4040

92.5

G1

11

27.5

F1

F2

11

78.5 78.5

11

51

B4

B7

B550

1.5 1.5

72

B3

B2

B1

630

790

557

70 3360

675

140

960

47 (

87)

(127

)

400

270

370

50

358 – 368

480

447

498

20°

X

1.5 One-piece consoles APSheet steel Page 266


Part No. AP, sheet steel 2666.500 2668.500 2670.500 2672.500

Part No. AP, stainless steel 2683.600 2684.600 2685.600 2686.600

Height in mm (inches) 960 (37.8) 960 (37.8) 960 (37.8) 960 (37.8)


Depth in mm (inches) 400/480 (15.7/18.9) 400/480 (15.7/18.9) 400/480 (15.7/18.9) 400/480 (15.7/18.9)

B2 = Width in mm (inches) 597 (23.5) 797 (31.4) 997 (39.3) 1197 (47.1)

B3 = Clearance width in mm (inches) 544 (21.4) 744 (29.3) 944 (37.2) 1144 (45.0)

B4 = Clearance width, front in mm (inches) 524 (20.6) 724 (28.5) 924 (36.4) 1124 (44.3)

B5 = Clearance width, bottom in mm (inches) 500 (19.7) 700 (27.6) 900 (35.4) 1100 (43.3)

B6 = Wide adjacent door in mm (inches) – – 495 (19.5) 595 (23.4)

B7 = Wide lockable door in mm (inches) 597 (23.5) 797 (31.4) 497 (19.6) 597 (23.5)

B8 = Punched length in mm (inches) 500 (19.7) 700 (27.6) 900 (35.4) 1100 (43.3)

F1 = Mounting panel width in mm (inches) 530 (20.9) 730 (28.7) 930 (36.6) 1130 (44.5)

F2 = Distance between mounting holes in mm (inches) 475 (18.7) 675 (26.6) 875 (34.5) 1075 (42.3)

G1 = Mounting panel height in mm (inches) 780 (30.7) 780 (30.7) 780 (30.7) 780 (30.7)

37

458

33.5

498

6037

5

B8

B2

M6 x12

23.5

25

83 3

Hinge does not apply to AP 2670.500, 2685.600


1

2


3

i.L. 515

i.L. 512

i.L. 512

592

44036542.5

11°

502

417.5

173.

563

525

.5

44.3

2860

4

i.L. 1

212

1273

.5

1300

1i.L. 512

i.L. 512

i.L. 515

592

11°

44036542.5

502

417.5

763

835

25.5

44.3

805

i.L. 1

212

1273

.5

1300

1

23

1196

2323

48 7324.5

42

17

1.5 Universal consoles APSheet steel Page 267

Adjustable from 200 mm (7.9″) to 400 mm (15.7″) on a 25 mm (1.0″) holepattern.

1



B86.5 16.5

Sheet steel – view in X direction
73.5
Stainless steel – view in X direction

600

With short front door AP 2694.500

600

With tall front door AP 2695.500

499

Mounting panel

Stainless steel



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

B4

B3

i.L. = B2

93.6

B5

M5

Ø 4.6

29

B1

H1

29

37.5

12.5 12

.515.5

15

120

20

H4 H2

H3

15

80

15.5

H4

H2

H3

B3

i.L. = B2

B4

53.6

20

47.5

12.5

12.5

103 79

.51

M6 x 12

63

39.5

20

1

1.6 Terminal boxes KL/Ex enclosures KEL with screw-fastened lidPages 270/287

Part No. KL 1521.010 1522.010 1523.010 1524.010 1525.010 1526.010

Part No. KEL 9301.000 9302.000 9303.000 9304.000 9305.000 9306.000

Height (H1) in mm (inches) 150 (5.9) 150 (5.9) 200 (7.9) 200 (7.9) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8)

Width (B1) in mm (inches) 150 (5.9) 300 (11.8) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 300 (11.8)

Depth (T1) in mm (inches) 80 (3.1) 80 (3.1) 80 (3.1) 80 (3.1) 120 (4.7) 120 (4.7)

H2 = Clearance opening height in mm (inches) 132 (5.2) 132 (5.2) 182 (7.2) 132 (5.2) 132 (5.2) 282 (11.1)

H3 = Cover height in mm (inches) 148 (5.8) 148 (5.8) 198 (7.8) 198 (7.8) 198 (7.8) 298 (11.7)

H4 = Clearance height between profile strips in mm (inches) 100 (3.9) 100 (3.9) 150 (5.9) 150 (5.9) 150 (5.9) 250 (9.8)

B2 = Clearance opening width in mm (inches) 132 (5.2) 282 (11.1) 182 (7.2) 282 (11.1) 382 (15.0) 282 (11.1)

B3 = Cover width in mm (inches) 148 (5.8) 298 (11.7) 198 (7.8) 298 (11.7) 398 (15.7) 298 (11.7)

B4 = Clearance width between profile strips in mm (inches) 109 (4.3) 259 (10.2) 159 (6.3) 259 (10.2) 359 (14.1) 259 (10.2)

B5 = Hole-center distance of profile strips in mm (inches) 125 (4.9) 275 (10.8) 175 (6.9) 275 (10.8) 375 (14.7) 275 (10.8)

With internal thread M8 x 10 mm (0.4″)

Only for KEL1


40

51.5

H2

(i.L.

)

B2 (i.L.)

H3

B3

B1

H1

1

2

40

26.5

T3T

2

T1

2

2

1.6 Premium Line KL Page 271

Part No. KL 1024.010 1024.020 1024.030 1024.040

H1 = Overall height in mm (inches) 150 (5.9) 150 (5.9) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8)

B1 = Overall width in mm (inches) 150 (5.9) 150 (5.9) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7)

T1 = Overall depth in mm (inches) 80 (3.1) 120 (4.7) 120 (4.7) 120 (4.7)

H2 = Clearance height of enclosure in mm (inches) 103 (4.1) 103 (4.1) 153 (6.0) 253 (10.0)

H3 = Distance between axes of bolts in mm (inches) 75 (3.0) 75 (3.0) 125 (4.9) 225 (8.9)

B2 = Clearance width of enclosure in mm (inches) 103 (4.1) 103 (4.1) 253 (10.0) 353 (13.9)

B3 = Distance between axes of bolts in mm (inches) 75 (3.0) 75 (3.0) 225 (8.9) 325 (12.8)

T2 = Clearance depth, enclosure only in mm (inches) 51.5 (2.0) 91.5 (3.6) 91.5 (3.6) 91.5 (3.6)

T3 = Clearance depth in mm (inches) 77 (3.0) 117 (4.6) 117 (4.6) 117 (4.6)

Possible mounting depth: T4 = Mounting panel configuration, see mounting panel in mm (inches) 60 (2.4) 100 (3.9) 100 (3.9) 100 (3.9)

T5 = Support rail configuration, see mounting bracket in mm (inches) 69.5/54.5(2.7/2.1)

109.5/94.5(4.3/3.7)

109.5/94.5(4.3/3.7)

109.5/94.5(4.3/3.7)

Welded stud M5 x 8 mm (0.3″) (6 x)

Grounding bolts M6 x 15 mm (0.6″)

1

2



20

T1 = 120 mm (4.7″)

T1 = 80 mm (3.1″)

14

XT1 = 120 mm (4.7″)

20

Detail X, T1 = 120 mm (4.7″) D
20
14

etail Y, T1 = 80 mm (3.1″)

T1 = 80 mm (3.1″)

Y

Industrial EnclosuresStainless steel


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

5

585

375

1125

(92

5)

i. L. 960

1200

(10

00)

75

50

20

30.5

46.5

2.5 495 495 2.5

1000

75

375

75

54

1125

(92

5)

20i.L

. 116

0 (9

60)

45

M6 x 12

4

280

300

2.5

1194

(99

5)3.

5 (2

.5)

260 – 275

20

75

20 B2

100

B4

100

H1

2.5 2.5

B1

B375

M6 x 12

13

2

7

T1

20

2.5

H4

H3

2.5

H2

T2

585

675

1125

1200

20

35

i.L. 760 20i.L

. 116

0

2.52.5 795

800

75

75

49

M6 x 12

1.6 Compact AE/Ex enclosures KEL with hinged door Pages 273/287

For H1 = 300/380 mm (11.8/15.0″) only one cam in the center and without cen-tral bolt50 for AE 1002.600

Does not apply to AE 1002.600 Cam lock for AE 1018.600 Locking rod for AE 1019.600

Only AE 1018.600 Only KEL 9408.600

1

2

345

67

AE 1004.600 – AE 1016.600, AE 1018.600 KEL 9402.600 – KEL 9409.600

AE 1002.600 – AE 1016.600KEL 9401.600 – KEL 9409.600

Ø 9

13822

5

6.5

275

260

162

122

122

9

12.5

F1

F2

G2

G1

90

10

6

740 (940) 18

12.5

520 (720)

700 (900)

1130

1150

AE 1018.600, AE 1019.600 AE 1017.600

Compact AE stainless steel/Ex enclosures KEL with hinged door

Part No. Dimensions of enclosures mm Dimensions of mounting panel mm Material thicknesses mm

AE KEL B1 B2 B3 B4 H1 H2 H3 H4 T1 T2 G1 G2 F1 F2 Enclosure Door Mounting panel

1002.600 9401.600 200 167 – 56 300 295 274 225 155 135 – – – – 1.25 1.5 2.0

1004.600 9402.600 380 340 250 66 300 295 260 225 155 113 – 129 275 250 334 295 1.38 1.5 2.0

1005.600 9409.600 300 260 175 66 380 375 340 275 210 168 – 184 275 250 334 295 1.38 1.5 2.0

1006.600 9403.600 380 340 250 66 380 375 340 275 210 168 – 184 355 330 334 295 1.38 1.5 2.5

1007.600 – 500 460 375 66 500 495 460 425 210 168 – 184 470 445 449 410 1.38 1.5 2.5

1013.600 – 500 460 375 66 500 495 460 425 300 258 – 274 470 445 449 410 1.50 1.5 2.5

1008.600 9404.600 380 340 250 66 600 595 560 525 210 168 – 184 570 545 334 295 1.38 1.5 2.5

1009.600 – 600 560 475 66 380 375 340 275 210 168 – 184 355 330 549 510 1.38 1.5 2.5

1010.600 9405.600 600 560 475 66 600 595 560 525 210 168 – 184 570 545 549 510 1.38 2.0 2.5

1012.600 9406.600 600 560 475 66 760 755 720 675 210 168 – 184 730 705 549 510 1.38 2.0 3.0

1014.600 9407.600 760 720 625 66 760 755 720 675 300 258 – 274 730 705 704 665 1.50 2.0 3.0

1016.600 9408.600 800 760 675 66 1000 955 960 925 300 258 – 274 955 930 739 700 1.50 2.0 3.0

1017.600 – 800 – – – 1200 – – – 300 – – – – – 1.50 2.0 3.0

1018.600 – 1000 – – – 1000 – – – 300 – 955 930 939 900 1.50 2.0 3.0

1019.600 – 1000 – – – 1200 – – – 300 – – – – – 1.50 2.0 3.0

AE 1002.600 KEL 9401.600

AE 1017.600,AE 1019.600


Mounting panels


Installation position of the mounting panel is turned by 90° for AE 1005.600, KEL 9409.600.

With internal thread M8 x 20 mm (0.8″)

Only for KEL8

20

8


Note: 25.4 mm = 1 inch1 mm = 0.03937008″


Stainless steel



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

367

R 4

05

50 63

174.5

192

15217.5

153

200 60

35.9

5°

80

62.5

220 (120)

380.

8

460

193 (93)

15°

220 (120)

313

100(50)

530

483

100

193

(93)

218.

5

498

49

5.5

40

(50

)

(11

8.5)

60

220 (120)

194.5 (94.5)

46038

2.3

20080 62.5

94.5(62.5)

100 (50) 1

2 19.5

3

530

483

359

498

530

300

467

R 4

40

1.6 Premium Glass lProtection category IP 69K Page 274


Operating housing

Support arm connection at the bottom, by rotating the enclosure. Dimensions in brackets for CP 6681.000.

Hex screws, exposed

Internal screw with plastic stoppers

Operating and keyboard housing

Support arm connection at the top only for CP 6680.000, CP 6680.100

Support arm connection at the bottom only for CP 6680.010 (see 3), CP 6680.110

Dimensions in brackets for CP 6680.010.

1

2

Connector pieces for CP 6680.010included in the supply.

3

Keyboard housing
Top viewDepth 120 mm (4.7″)
Top viewDepth 220 mm (8.7″)

Industrial EnclosuresStainless steel


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

B1

H2

B2

H1

1 2M6 x 15

160 (T)

150

145

H3

H5

H4

B3

B4

B5

4.5

19

19

1 2

72.5

X5.5

49

40

1.6 Command panelPage 275

Does not apply to CP 6670.000

Does not apply to CP 6672.000

1

2

X = Mounting cutout

Part No. CP 6670.000 6672.000

Height (H1) in mm (inches) 240 (9.4) 320 (12.6)

Width (B1) in mm (inches) 320 (12.6) 400 (15.7)

Depth (T) in mm (inches) 160 (6.3) 160 (6.3)

H2 = Clearance in height in mm (inches) 195 (7.7) 275 (10.8)

H31) = Height of front panel in mm (inches) 233 (9.2) 313 (12.3)

H4 = Hole spacing in mm (inches) 208 (8.2) 288 (11.3)

H5 = Hole spacing in mm (inches) – 180 (7.1)

B2 = Clearance in width in mm (inches) 275 (10.8) 355 (14.0)

B31) = Width of front panel in mm (inches) 313 (12.3) 393 (15.5)

B4 = Hole spacing in mm (inches) 288 (11.3) 368 (14.5)

B5 = Hole spacing in mm (inches) 180 (7.1) 220 (8.7)1) Other sizes and machining of the front panel available on request.

30

75 (

A)

B5

H4

1

150 (T1)

105 40

H1

H3

H5 168

H2

2

B1

B4

52.5

105

15

A

B7

B6

B3

B2

30

100 118

5.5

Ø 4

9

Ø 40

1.6 Command panel housing with doorPage 276

Part No. CP 6535.010 6536.010 6538.010 6539.010

Height (H1) in mm (inches) 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 400 (15.7)


Depth (T1) in mm (inches) 150 (5.9) 150 (5.9) 150 (5.9) 150 (5.9)

H2 = Enclosure height with handle strips in mm (inches) 310 (12.2) 310 (12.2) 410 (16.1) 410 (16.1)

H3 = Spacing of mounting panel attachment in mm (inches) 250 (9.8) 250 (9.8) 330 (13.0) 330 (13.0)

H4 = Max. front cutout, height in mm (inches) 255 (10.0) 255 (10.0) 355 (14.0) 355 (14.0)

H5 = Distance from base – mounting panel attachment in mm (inches) 25 (1.0) 25 (1.0) 35 (1.4) 35 (1.4)

B2 = Enclosure width with handle grips in mm (inches) 340 (13.4) 440 (17.3) 440 (17.3) 640 (25.1)

B3 = Clearance opening, front in mm (inches) 260 (10.2) 360 (14.2) 360 (14.2) 560 (22.0)

B4 = Spacing of mounting panel attachment in mm (inches) 215 (8.5) 295 (11.6) 295 (11.6) 510 (20.0)

B5 = Max. front cutout, width in mm (inches) 225 (8.8) 325 (12.8) 325 (12.8) 525 (20.7)

B6 = Hinged width for depth 100 mm (3.9″) in mm (inches) 220 (8.7) 320 (12.6) 320 (12.6) 520 (20.5)

B7 = Hinged width for depth 118 mm (4.6″) in mm (inches) 212 (8.4) 317 (12.5) 317 (12.5) 519 (20.4)

Welded studs M6 x 15 mm (0.6″)

Welded studs M8 x 30 mm (1.2″)

1

2


Stainless steel



C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res

400

30°

4 x M8135

108 10

15°

A

1

B

C

D

B

Ø 4

0Ø 9Ø 6

Ø 4

9

Ø 6

2

9

295

260

110

145

400

Ø 32.5

250

400

1.6 Modular pedestal CP-SPage 281

1104 mm (43.5″) for support section length 1000 mm (39.4″)1

53

627 361

i.L. 502

100

558

854

954

530

1 2

i.L. 542

i.L. 512

381

1603

.5

1384

798

293

589

125

599

863 492

47.5

i.L. 502

i.L.157

104°

816

627

i.L. 1

512

1 2

1.6 PC enclosure system

Part no. PC 4650.0001) 4650.7042)

Height in mm (inches) 1600 (63.0)

Width in mm (inches) 600 (23.6)

Depth in mm (inches) 620 (24.4) 620 (24.4)/820 (32.3)

Configuration Design Material Finish/Color

EnclosureSolid top and sides, open at the bottom Type 304 stainless steel, 1.8 mm (15 ga) Brushed, grain size 240

� � Gland plates, three-part Type 304 stainless steel, 1.5 mm (16 ga)

Rear door With locking rod and double-bit insert, hinged on the right-hand side Type 304 stainless steel, 2.0 mm (14 ga) Brushed,

grain size 240 � �

Viewing door,top

Latched from the inside3), right hinge Type 304 stainless steel, 1.5 mm (16 ga) Brushed, grain size 240� �

Viewing window Safety glass 4.0 mm (0.2″)

Component shelf Slotted, permanently installed Sheet steel ST 1203, 1.5 mm (16 ga) RAL 7035 (light gray) � �

Drawer

Enclosure Sheet steel ST 1203, 1.25 mm (18 ga) RAL 7035 (light gray)

�

Keyboard extension piece with cable support, hinged, plus pull-out mousepad and keyboard cradle

Sheet steel ST 1203, 1.5 mm (16 ga) RAL 7035 (light gray)

Trim panel, folded as handrest, with fastener, lock no. 3524 E

Type 304 stainless steel, 1.25 mm (18 ga)

Brushed, grain size 240

3) With unlatching for top viewing door �

Desk sectionEnclosure with cover plate top and bottom Type 304 stainless steel, 1.5 mm (16 ga) Brushed, grain size 240

� Design strip Plastic approved for use with food RAL 5002

(ultramarine blue)

Bottom doorWith locking rod and double-bit insert, right hinge Type 304 stainless steel, 1.5 mm (16 ga) Brushed, grain size 240 � � 3) With unlatching for viewing door with desk section �

1) Enclosures in Type 316 stainless steel please add extension .500 to the Part no. Delivery times on request. 2) Enclosures in Type 316 stainless steel please add extension .504 to the Part no. Delivery times on request.

Max.505 mm (19.9″), adjustable on a 25 mm (1.0″)hole pattern.

Max.547 mm (21.5″),adjustable on a 25 mm (1.0″)hole pattern.

1

2

i.L. 512

381

1603

.5

1384

798

293

589

125

599

863 492



Page 283

With keyboard drawer PC 4650.000

With desk section PC 4650.704

Power DistributionShort-circuit resistance diagrams

Rittal Handbook 31/Power Distribution Systems

C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion


2.1 Mini-PLS busbar supportUp to 250 A, 3-pole Page 302

Part no.: SV 9600.000

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]

Busbar support spacing [mm]

40 mm bar center distance. Rated current up to 250 A, voltage up to 690 V AC, 50/60 Hz to VDE 0660.

Basis of test:VDE 0660, part 500/IEC 60 439.

Test implemented:Dynamic short-circuit resistance to IEC 60 439.

2.1 Busbar supportUp to 360 A, 3-pole Page 308

Part no.: SV 9350.000

150 200 250 300 350 40020

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75a

b

c

d

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]


40 mm bar center distance.Rated current up to 360 A, voltage up to 690 V AC, 50/60 Hz to VDE 0660.

Calculation basis:VDE 0103/IEC 60 865.

BusbarE-Cu (mm)

Rated curentup to (A) Curve

12 x 5 210

12 x 10 340

15 x 5 260

15 x 10 360

dbca

1124

2.2 Busbar supportsUp to 450 A, 3-pole Page 318

Part no.: SV 3066.000

200 300 400 500 600

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

95

100

35

30

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]


60 mm bar center distance.Rated current up to 450 A, voltage up to 1000 V AC, 50/60 Hz to VDE 0660.Bar accommodation 30 x 5 mm.



Short-circuit resistance diagrams

Power Distribution

1125Rittal Handbook 31/Power Distribution Systems

C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

20

10

30

40

50

60

70

80

500300 6004002001000

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]


Part no.: SV 3510.000Rated current up to 1600 A


2.2 Busbar supportsUp to 800 A Page 318

Part no.: SV 3000.000 (3-pole), SV 3050.000 (2-pole), SV 3064.000 (4-pole)

200 300 400 500 600

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

95

100

35

30

b

c

d

e

f

g

a

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]





Busbar E-Cu (mm)


12 x 5 210

12 x 10 340

15 x 3 187

15 x 4 210

15 x 5 260

16 x 3 198

16 x 4 225

16 x 5 280

16 x 8 397

20 x 5 319

20 x 10 497

25 x 5 384

30 x 5 447

30 x 10 800

g

fffffffeecdba

Busbar Rated current Curve
E-Cu mm (inches) up to (A)
9.53 x 25.40 (3/8 x 1″) 599

6.35 x 25.40 (1/4 x 1″) 449

4.76 x 25.40 (3/16 x 1″) 349

3.18 x 25.40 (1/8 x 1″) 299

9.53 x 19.05 (3/8 x 3/4″) 449

6.35 x 12.70 (1/4 x 1/4″) 249

adddaf

2.2 PLS busbar supportsUp to 800 A/1600 A, 3-pole Page 320

6005004003002001000

25

30

35

40

45

50

60

20

15

10

55


Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]

60 mm bar center distance.Voltage up to 1000 V AC,50/60 Hz to VDE 0660.



Part no.: SV 3500.000Rated current up to 800 A

Power DistributionShort-circuit resistance diagrams

Rittal Handbook 31/Power Distribution Systems

C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

160

80

90

100

120

110

140

130

150

300150 200 400 500 600 800700

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]


Part no.: SV 3057.000Rated current up to 3000 A, busbar accommodation 3 x 2 x 100 x 10 mm.


1126

2.5 Busbar supportsUp to 2500 A/3000 A, 3-pole Page 355

160

80

90

100

120

110

140

130

150

300150 200 400 500 600 800700

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]


150 mm bar center distance.Voltage up to 1000 V AC, 50/60 Hz to VDE 0660.



Part no.: SV 3055.000Rated current up to 2500 A, busbar accommodation 3 x 2 x 80 x 10 mm.


Part no.: SV 3073.000

60

65

70

75

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

200 300 400 500 600

a

b

d

c

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]





BusbarE-Cu (mm)


30 x 10 800

40 x 10 850

50 x 10 1000

60 x 10 1250

dcba


Part no.: SV 3052.000

100

120

140

160

80

90

110

130

150

200 400 600 800 1000

a

b

c

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]





BusbarE-Cu (mm)


50 x 10 1000

60 x 10 1250

80 x 10 1600

cba


Power Distribution

Rittal Handbook 31/Power Distribution S

C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion


2.7 Laminated copper bars Rittal Flexibar “S”Page 361

Configuration1)

mm

In for

50 K2)

In for

30 K2)

In for

10 K2)

Curve(short-circuit resistance)

Installation type

Part No. SV

Part No. SV

tinned6 x 9.0 x 0.8 250 A 220 A 120 A – – 3565.000 3565.902

6 x 13.0 x 0.5 200 A 150 A 110 A – – 3566.000 3566.902

4 x 15.5 x 0.8 300 A 210 A 140 A – – 3567.000 3567.902

6 x 15.5 x 0.8 350 A 290 A 170 A 1 3568.000 3568.902

10 x 15.5 x 0.8 450 A 350 A 190 A 1 3569.000 3569.902

5 x 20.0 x 1.0 400 A 300 A 180 A 1 3570.000 3570.903

5 x 24.0 x 1.0 450 A 370 A 230 A 1 3571.000 3571.903

10 x 24.0 x 1.0 800 A 600 A 340 A 1 3572.000 3572.903

5 x 32.0 x 1.0 550 A 470 A 280 A 2/3 3573.000 3573.903

10 x 32.0 x 1.0 1000 A 800 A 460 A 2/3 3574.000 3574.903

5 x 40.0 x 1.0 800 A 600 A 340 A 2/3 3575.000 3575.903

10 x 40.0 x 1.0 1200 A 950 A 500 A 2/3 3576.000 3576.903

5 x 50.0 x 1.0 900 A 700 A 400 A 2/3 3577.000 3577.903

10 x 50.0 x 1.0 1400 A 1000 A 600 A 2/3 3578.000 3578.903

10 x 63.0 x 1.0 1600 A 1240 A 715 A 2/3 3579.000 3579.9031) Number of lamina x lamina width x lamina thickness2) The conductor temperature of the laminated copper bar is derived from the sum total of the ambient temperature and

the temperature increase. Example: SV 3565.000 loaded with 220 A, i.e. the temperature increases by 30 K. At an ambient temperature of 35°C (95°F), this produces a resultant conductor temperature of 35°C (95°F) + 30 K = 65°C (149°F).

aaaabbcbcbcd


Basis of test:VDE 0660, part 500/IEC 60 439-1.Test implemented:Dynamic short-circuit resistance to IEC 60 439-1.

The dimensions for the support spacing (l) and for the center-to-center spacing (a) must be within the specified min./max. limits.The quotients of l/a can be used to determine the permissible short-circuit current Ip by using curves a to d. The prescribed installation type must be taken into account.

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.52 3 4 5 6 7 8 91.5

x

a

d

c

b

Ip s

hort-

circ

uit c

urre

nt [k

A]

Support spacing (l)Center-to-center

spacing [a]

x =

CurveSupport spacing (l)

mmCenter-to-center spacing (a)

mm

Min. Max. Min. Max.

150 300 34 60

150 350 42 85

200 400 51 85

200 450 81 100

abcd

1127ystems

Type of assembly with universal support SV 3079.000

l

a

1

l

a

2

a

l

3



Power DistributionOverview of power circuit-breakers/starter combinations

C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion


Current carrying capacity of connection cablesPages 304 and 306, 312 – 315, 325 – 332

Current carrying capacityof insulated PVC cables at an ambient temperature of +40°C (104°F),

installation type E (DIN EN 60 204-1:1998-11)

Nominal cross-section (mm2) Current capacity (A)

1.5 16

2.5 22

4 30

6 37

10 52

16 70

25 88

35 114

Conversion factorsfor the load capacity of cables

(DIN EN 60 204-1:1998-11)

Ambient temperature (°C (°F)) Factor

30 (86) 1.15

35 (95) 1.08

40 (104) 1.00

45 (113) 0.91

50 (122) 0.82

55 (131) 0.71

60 (140) 0.58

2.1Busbar systems up to 250 A (40 mm)Mini-PLS component adaptors 12 A/25 A Page 304

Make/model Part No. SVABBMS25-TM-..MS116-..MS225-..MS325-..MS450-.. (max. 25 A)MS451-.. (max. 25 A)

9614.0009614.1009614.0009614.000

9615.000

9615.000

9615.0009615.1009615.0009615.000

–

–

AEGMbs25Mbs28

9614.1009614.000

9615.1009615.000

Allen Bradley103-...R107-...R140M-...-...140-MN-...190-M1-... 190-M2-...

9614.1009629.0109614.1009614.100

9615.1001)

9615.1001)

9615.100–

9615.1009615.100

––

Moeller ElectricPKM0...PKZM0-...PKZM0-...TPKZM0-../E-10-DPKZM0-../0.-.PKZM0-../S00-11PKZM0-../SE00-11PKZ2/ZM-... (max. 25 A)PKZ2/ZM-...-8 (max. 25 A)PKZM0-.../E01-G-WPKZM0-.../.-..-WPKZM0-.../.-..WMFPKZM4-... (max. 25 A)

9614.1009614.1009614.1009614.1009614.1009614.1009614.100

9625.000

9625.0009629.0109629.0109629.030

9615.000

9615.1009615.1009615.1009615.1009615.1009615.1009615.100

9626.000

9626.000–––

–

SiemensS0 3RA11 20...2.-0... 3RA12 20-....-...3RV1. 21-...1.3RW30 2.-1AB..S00 3RA11 10..0.1.-1... 3RA12 10-...-... 3RV10 11-..A1.3RW30 1.-1CB.4S00 Cage Clamp RV10 11-..A20S2 3RV1. 31-4..10 (max. 25 A)3RW30 3.-1AB.. (max. 25 A)

9614.1001)

9629.0209614.1009614.100

9614.1001)

9629.0109614.1009614.100

9614.110

9615.000

9615.000

––

9615.1009615.100

––

9615.1009615.100

–

–

–

TelemecaniqueGK3-EF.. (max. 25 A)GV2-....GV2-M..K1..GV2-M..K2..GV2-P..D2.. GV2-P..D1.. GV3-M...LD1-L.030 (max. 25 A)LH4-N1....7LH4-N2....7

9626.0009614.1009614.1009629.0109629.030

9615.1001)

9626.000

9615.1009614.1009629.010

–9615.1009615.100

––––

–9615.100

–1) Support rail must be offset

Make/model Part No. SV

1128 Rittal Handbook 31/Power Distribution Systems

Mini-PLS quick-fit component adaptors 25 A (32 A) Page 305

Make/model Part No. SVABBMS25-TM-.. 9622.000

AEGMbs25 9618.000

Allen Bradley140M-...-... 9620.000

General ElectricSFKO1 9618.000

Moeller ElectricPKM0...PKZM0-...PKZM0-...TPKZM0-../S00-11PKZM0-../SE00-11

9619.0009619.0009619.0009620.0009620.000

SchieleMSU-K 9618.000

SiemensS0 3RA11 20...2.-0... 3RV1. 21-...1.

9622.0009622.000

TelemecaniqueGV2-LEGV2-MGV2-P

9621.0009621.0009622.000

Make/model Part No. SV

Overview of power circuit-breakers/starter combinations

Power Distribution


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion


2.1 Busbar systems up to 360 A (40 mm)Multi-functional component adaptor 12 A/25 A Pages 312 and 313

Make/modelSV 3431.000 Accessories

5 mm Part No. SV

10 mm Part No. SV Part No. SV

ABBMS116-.. 9350.100 9350.110 –

AEGMbs25 9350.100 9350.110 –


9350.1009350.2809350.1009350.1009350.2609350.260

9350.1109350.2909350.1109350.1109350.2709350.270

––––––

Moeller ElectricPKM0...PKZM0-...PKZM0-...TPKZM0-../0.-.PKM0.../E01-G-WPKZM0-../E-10-DPKZM0-../S00-11PKZM0-../SE00-11PKZM0-.../.-..-WPKZM0-.../.-..-WMF

9350.1009350.1009350.1009350.1009350.2809350.1009350.1009350.1009350.280

9350.3201)

9350.1109350.1109350.1109350.1109350.2909350.1109350.1109350.1109350.290

9350.3301)

––––––

9320.1409320.140

––

SiemensS0 3RA11 20-...2.-0...3RA12 20-....-...3RV1. 21-...1.3RW30 2.-1AB..S00 3RA11 10..0.1.-1... 3RA12 10-....-...3RV10 11-..A1.3RW30 1.-1CB.4S00 Cage Clamp 3RV10 11-..A20

9350.1009350.3009350.1009350.100

9350.1009350.2802)

9350.1009350.100

9350.080

9350.1109350.3109350.1109350.110

9350.1109350.2902)

9350.1109350.110

9350.090

9320.140–––

9320.1409320.140

––

–

TelemecaniqueGV2-....GV2-M..K1..GV2-M..K2..GV2-P..D1.. GV2-P..D2..LD1-L.030 (max. 25 A)LH4-N1....7LH4-N2....7

9350.1009350.1009350.2809350.260

9350.3201)

9350.1009350.1009350.280

9350.1109350.1109350.2909350.270

9350.3301)

9350.1109350.1109350.290

––––––––

1) Moeller: The bottom support rail is eliminated Telemecanique: The upper support rail is offset at a distance of 125 mm from the lower support rail (support rail center-to-center spacing)

2) Support rail must be offset


5 mm Part No. SV


2.1 Busbar systems up to 250 A (40 mm)Mini-PLS component adaptors 40 A/100 A Page 306

Make/model Part No. SVAccessories

Part No. SVABBMS450-.. (max. 40 A)MS450-.. MS451-.. (max. 40 A)MS451-.. MS495-.. MS496-.. MS497-.. LNA 32LNA 63LNA 100TmaxT1T2

9617.0009629.000

9617.0009629.0009629.0009629.0009629.0009629.0009629.0009629.000

9629.0009629.000

––

––––––––

––

–9320.120

–9320.1209320.1209320.1209320.120

–––

––

AEGMbs100 9629.000 – 9320.120

Allen Bradley140M-F8.-... (max. 40 A)140-CMN-....

9616.0009629.000

9617.000–

–9320.120

Merlin GerinCompact NS 80H-MA 9629.000 – –

Moeller ElectricNZM 1PKZ2/ZM-...PKZ2/ZM-...-8PKZ2/ZM-.../SE1A/11PKZ2/ZM-.../SPKZ2/SE1A/11PKZ2/SPKZM4-... (max. 40 A)PKZM4-...

9629.0009627.0009627.0009628.0009628.0009628.0009628.000

9617.0009629.000

–9628.0009628.000

––––

––

–––––––

–9320.120

SiemensS2 3RV1. 31-4..10 (max. 40 A)3RV1. 31-4..10 3RW30 3.-1AB.. (max. 40 A)3RW30 3.-1AB.. S3 3RV1. 4.-4..10 3RW30 4.-1AB..

9617.0009629.000

9617.0009629.000

9629.0009629.000

––

––

––

–9320.120

–9320.120

9320.1209320.120

TelemecaniqueGK3-EF.. (max. 40 A)GK3-EF.. GV3-M...

9628.0009629.000

––

–9320.120

Make/model Part No. SVAccessories

Part No. SV

(max. 40 A)GV3-M...

9628.0009629.000

––

–9320.120

Power DistributionOverview of power circuit-breakers/starter combinations


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion


2.1 Busbar systems up to 360 A (40 mm)Multi-functional component adaptor 40 A Page 315

Component adaptor 100 A Page 315

Make/modelSV 3431.000

5 mm Part No. SV

10 mm Part No. SV

ABBDLA..-30MS25-TM-..MS225-..MS325-..MS450-.. (max. 40 A)MS450-.. MS451-.. (max. 40 A)MS451-.. MS495-..MS496-..MS497-..LNA 32/63/100

9350.2001) 9350.2002) 9350.2002) 9350.2002) 9350.3409350.4209350.3409350.4209350.4209350.4209350.4209350.420

9350.2101) 9350.2102) 9350.2102) 9350.2102) 9350.3509350.4309350.3509350.4309350.4309350.4309350.4309350.430

AEGMbs28Mbs100

9350.2002) 9350.420

9350.2102) 9350.430

Allen Bradley140M-F8.-... (max. 40 A)140-CMN-...

9350.2002) 9350.420

9350.2102) 9350.430

Merlin GerinCompact NS 80H-MA 9350.420 9350.430

Moeller ElectricNZM 1PKZM4-... (max. 40 A)PKZM4-...

9350.4209350.3409350.420

9350.4309350.3509350.430

SiemensS2 3RV1. 31-4..10 (max. 40 A)3RV1. 31-4..103RW30 3.-1AB.. (max. 40 A)3RW30 3.-1AB..S3 3RV1. 4.-4..103RW30 4.-1AB..

9350.3409350.4209350.3409350.420

9350.4209350.420

9350.3509350.4309350.3509350.430

9350.4309350.430

TelemecaniqueGK3-EF..GV3-M...

9350.4209350.420

9350.4309350.430

1) The top support rail is eliminated2) The bottom support rail is eliminated


5 mm Part No. SV

10 mm Part No. SV

2.2 Busbar systems up to 800 A/1600 A (60 mm) Multi-functional component adaptor 12 A/25 A Pages 325 and 326


5 mm Part No. SV


ABBMS116-.. 9320.180 9320.190 –

AEGMbs25 9320.180 9320.190 –


9320.1809320.3809320.1809320.1809320.4409320.440

9320.1909320.3909320.1909320.1909320.4509320.450

––––––

Moeller ElectricPKM0...PKZM0-...PKZM0-...TPKZM0-../0.-.PKZM0.../E01-G-WPKZM0-../E-10-DPKZM0-../S00-11PKZM0-../SE00-11PKZM0-.../.-..-WPKZM0-.../.-..WMF

9320.1809320.1809320.1809320.1809320.3809320.1809320.1809320.2009320.380

9320.4201)

9320.1909320.1909320.1909320.1909320.3909320.1909320.1909320.2109320.390

9320.4301)

––––––

9320.140–––

SiemensS0 3RA11 20-...2.-0...3RA12 20-....-...3RV1. 21-...1.3RW30 2.-1AB..S00 3RA11 10..0.1.-1... 3RA12 10-....-...3RV10 11-..A1.3RW30 1.-1CB.4S00 Cage Clamp 3RV10 11-..A20

9320.1809320.4009320.1809320.180

9320.1809320.3801)

9320.1809320.180

9320.160

9320.1909320.4109320.1909320.190

9320.1909320.3901)

9320.1909320.190

9320.170

9320.140–––

9320.1409320.140

––

–

TelemecaniqueGV2-....GV2-M..K1..GV2-M..K2..GV2-P..D1.. GV2-P..D2..LD1-L.030 (max. 25 A)LH4-N1....7LH4-N2....7

9320.1809320.1809320.3809320.440

9320.4202)

9320.1809320.1809320.380

9320.1909320.1909320.3909320.450

9320.4302)

9320.1909320.1909320.390

–––––

–––

1) The bottom support rail is eliminated2) The upper support rail is offset at a distance of 125 mm


5 mm Part No. SV


from the lower support rail (support rail center-to-center spacing)

Overview of power circuit-breakers/starter combinations

Power Distribution


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion


2.2 Busbar systems up to 800 A/1600 A (60 mm) Multi-functional component adaptor 40 A Page 327


5 mm Part No. SV

10 mm Part No. SV

ABBMS25-TM-..MS225-..MS325-..MS450-.. (max. 40 A)MS451-.. (max. 40 A)DLA..-30

9320.3001) 9320.3001) 9320.3001)

9320.460

9320.4609320.3002)

9320.3101) 9320.3101) 9320.3101)

9320.470

9320.4709320.3102)

AEGMbs28 9320.3001) 9320.3101)

Allen Bradley140M-F8.-... (max. 40 A) 9320.3001) 9320.3101)

Moeller ElectricPKZM4-... (max. 40 A) 9

SiemensS2 3RV1. 31-4..10 (max. 40 A)3RW30 3.-1AB.. (max. 40 A)

9

91) The bottom support rail is eliminated2) The top support rail is eliminated

Make/modelP

320.460 9320.470

320.460

320.460

9320.470

9320.470

SV 3431.000

5 mm art No. SV

10 mm Part No. SV

Component adaptor 50 A Pages 328 and 329


5 mm Part No. SV

10 mm Part No. SV

ABBMS25-TM-..MS225-..MS325-..

3540.0003540.0003540.000

3541.0003541.0003541.000

AEGMbs28 3540.000 3541.000

Allen Bradley140M-F8.-... 3540.000 3541.000

Moeller ElectricPKZ2/ZM-...PKZ2/ZM-...-8PKZM0-.../.-..WMF

3544.0003544.000

3042.0001)

3545.0003545.000

3043.0001)

SiemensS2 3RA11 30-..0.3.-0...3RV10 31-....

304306

TelemecaniqueGV2-P..D2.. 304

1) The bottom support rail must be offset2) One support rail must be offset

Make/model 5Part

0.0002) 9.000

3041.0002) 3070.000

2.0002) 3043.0002)

SV 3431.000

mm No. SV

10 mm Part No. SV

Component adaptor 63 A Pages 330 and 331


5 mm Part No. SV

10 mm Part No. SV

ABBMS25-TM-..MS25-TM-..MS225-..MS225-..MS325-..MS325-..MS450-..MS450-..MS451-..MS451-..MS495-.. (max. 63 A)MS496-.. (max. 63 A)MS497-.. (max. 63 A)

3445.0003446.0003445.0003446.0003445.0003446.0003036.0003445.0003036.0003445.0003067.0003067.0003067.000

3445.0003446.0003445.0003446.0003445.0003446.0003037.0003445.0003037.0003445.0003068.0003068.0003068.000

AEGMbs28Mbs28

3445.0003446.000

3445.0003446.000

Allen Bradley140M-F8.-...140M-F8.-...

3445.0003446.000

3445.0003446.000

Moeller ElectricPKZ2/SPKZ2/SE1A/11PKZ2/ZM-.../SPKZ2/ZM-.../SE1A/11PKZM0-../0-SDPKZM0../00(A)-SDPKZM0-../E-10-SDPKZM0-../E-10-G-SDPKZM4-...PKZM4-...

3046.0003046.0003046.0003046.000

3048.0001)

3048.0001)

3048.0001)

3048.0001)

3036.0003445.000

3047.0003047.0003047.0003047.000

3049.0001)

3049.0001)

3049.0001)

3049.0001)

3037.0003445.000

SiemensS2 3RV1. 31-4..103RV1. 31-4..103RW30 3.-1AB..3RW30 3.-1AB..S3 3RV1. 4-4..10 (max. 63 A)3RW30 4.-1AB.. (max. 63 A)

3036.0003445.0003036.0003445.000

3067.0003067.000

3037.0003445.0003037.0003445.000

3068.0003068.000

TelemecaniqueGK3-EF.. (max. 63 A) 3067.000 3068.000


5 mm Part No. SV

10 mm Part No. SV

GV3-M... (max. 63 A)LD1-L.030LD4-L..30

3067.0003067.0003067.000

3068.0003068.0003068.000

1) One support rail is eliminated

Power DistributionTechnical information


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

Technical specificationsto VDE 0660, part 107/IEC 60 947-3Size(NH fuse inserts to DIN 43 620) 000 000/00 1 2 3

Rated operating current Ie Conventional thermal current Ith

100 A160 A1)

160 A160 A

250 A250 A

400 A400 A

630 A630 A

Voltage Ue AC 690 V AC 690 V

Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V 800 V

Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp 6 kV 8 kV

Conditional rated short-circuit current when protected with fuses 80 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA

Rated breaking capacity to VDE 0660, part 107/IEC 60 947-3 (utilization category)

400 V AC-22BIe = 100 A

AC-22BIe = 160 A

AC-22BIe = 250 A

AC-22BIe = 400 A

AC-22BIe = 630 A

690 V AC-21BIe = 100 A

AC-22BIe = 160 A

AC-21BIe = 250 A

AC-21BIe = 400 A

AC-21BIe = 630 A

440 V2) DC-21BIe = 100 A

DC-21BIe = 160 A

DC-21BIe = 250 A

DC-21BIe = 400 A

DC-21BIe = 630 A

Mechanical life (switching cycles) 2000 1600 1000 600 600

Permissible ambient temperature –25°C to +55°C (-13°F to 131°F)

Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Pv max./fuse insert 7.5 W (9 W1)) 12 W 23 W 34 W 48 W1) For 4/Ø AWG connection cross-section (4/Ø AWG connection pieces available on request)2) With population of phases L1 and L3.


NH isolators, size 000Pages 307, 311, 337, 358

● Due to a specially developed locking mechanism, the fuse inserts are easily and quickly installed.

● A special switching aid pre-stresses the lyre contact when the isolator lid is closed. This means that the fuse insert slides reliably into its final position without damaging the contact.

● Microswitches for monitoring the lid position are readily integrated on the right and left.

● The unit can be protected from unauthorized switching via the readily accessible sealing device on the front of the unit.

● The spaciously designed viewing window of the isolator lid allows easy monitoring of the fuse insert indicators.

● Test holes drilled in the viewing window allow direct measurement access to the contact parts of the fuse inserts.

NH isolator, sizes 00 to 3Pages 338 – 341, 345 – 348, 358 and 359

● Easy assembly with removable push-in isolator lid and top-mounted contact hazard protection cover.

● Two-part contact hazard protection cover plate with service-friendly central unlocking facility allows connection in accordance with BGV-A2 (VBG 4), even while the supply end is live.

● Apart from its protective function, the design of the NH on-load isolator facilitates the activation and deactivation of electrical equipment and system components.

● The units may be actuated while live (see table below).

● Microswitches to indicate the switching position of the isolator lid are easily installed via snap-mounting on the left and right.

● The viewing window integrated into the lid unit has test holes which can be opened by sliding the viewing window, for direct measurement access to the contact parts of the fuse inserts (see photograph).


Power Distribution


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

22 21 13 14

22 13

21 14

1 3 5

2 4 6

L1 L2 L3

T1 T2 T3

L1 L2 L3

Wiring diagram

1214

1311

LED LED

Function block


Electronic fuse monitoring● No separate auxiliary voltage required Consequently, this function is only
● Automatic activation following fault
rectification● Reliable functioning, due to surge-proof

microelectronics● Readily accessible connector facilitates

service-friendly connection of the signal tracks

● Rapid response behavior in the event of a fault

Electronic fuse monitoring may be used in 50/60 Hz three-phase circuits ranging from 400 V AC to 690 V AC (max. +5%). The auxiliary voltage required for operation is obtained from the mains voltage (supply end) via live puller lugs.

available with the mains voltage connected and the isolator lid closed. If one or more of the NH fuse inserts is switched due to a malfunction, an error signal is generated. Evaluation is achieved by comparing the voltage on the puller lugs with the NH fuse inserts used (differential voltage ≥ 75 V). In the event of a fault, a corresponding signal message for further processing is provided via the separate relay contacts. Additionally, malfunctions are visually indicated by a red LED display, while a green LED indicates that the system is operational.

Electromechanical fuse monitoringThe connection clamps of the floating switch contacts which serve as indicators are arranged on the top of the isolator base. This arrangement guarantees simple installation.

The isolator lids can be removed without disconnecting any pilot wires, in the same way as NH isolators without fuse monitor-ing. Unlike an electronic monitor, this sys-tem operates without auxiliary power, yet still performs the same functions.

Technical specifications Electromechanical fuse monitoring

Electronic fuse monitoring

Voltage Ue AC 24 V to AC 690 V (50/60 Hz)DC 24 V to DC 250 V AC 400 V to AC 690 V (50/60 Hz)

Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp 6 kV 6 kV

Response time < 2 s < 0.5 s

Auxiliary contacts 1 normally closed contact, 1 normally open contact

1 normally closed contact, 1 normally open contact, bounce-free

Load capacity of auxiliary contacts 1.5 A 2 A

Permissible ambient temperature –25°C to +55°C (-13°F to 131°F) –25°C to +55°C (-13°F to 131°F)

Displays “I” switch dial position (operational)“0” switch dial position (error message)

1 green LED (operational)1 red LED (error message)

Connection of auxiliary contacts Terminal up to 14 AWG 4-pole rack connector up to 14 AWG

NH fuse inserts with contacted, live puller lugs



C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion


NH fused isolators, sizes 00 to 3Pages 336, 349, 353

● The cable outlet – top or
bottom – is selected directly during assembly on the same device. The switch cover unit is rotated by 180° (sizes 1 to 3)
● Reliable isolated or off-load position of the switch cover unit, due to the integral multi-function key

● Switch locking can be achieved with the installation of padlocks in the closed and isolated position

● For inspection purposes, there are viewing windows with integrated holes in the switch cover unit or sliding viewing windows

● Simple external/internal-mounting of microswitches to indicate the switch position of the NH unit (lid unit)

Technical specificationsto VDE 0660, part 107/IEC 60 947-3Size(NH fuse inserts to DIN 43 620) 00 1 2 3

Rated operating current Ie Conventional thermal current Ith

160 A160 A

250 A250 A

400 A400 A

630 A630 A

Voltage Ue AC 690 V

Rated insulation voltage Ui 800 V

Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp 8 kV

Conditional rated short-circuit current when protected with fuses 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA

Rated breaking capacity to VDE 0660, part 107/IEC 60 947-3 (utilization category)

400 V AC-22BIe = 160 A

AC-22BIe = 250 A

AC-22BIe = 400 A

AC-22BIe = 630 A

690 V AC-21BIe = 160 A

AC-21BIe = 250 A

AC-21BIe = 400 A

AC-21BIe = 630 A

Mechanical life (switching cycles) 1600 1000 1000 1000

Permissible ambient temperature –25°C to +55°C (-13°F to 131°F)

Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0

Pv max./fuse insert 12 W 23 W 34 W 48 W

Use of semi-conductor fuses in Rittal NH switchgearThe overload and short-circuit protection of
semi-conductor components places very high demands on the fuse inserts, due to the time pattern for effective protection of the defective or damaged sub-circuit. Because semi-conductor components have a low thermal capacity, the integrated disconnect value (I2t-value) of the semi-conductor fuse inserts type aR, gR or gRL must match the integral limit value of the semi-conductor cell being protected. Consequently, the tripping characteristic of the fuse inserts must be very fast, and over-voltage during the disconnection process (switching or arc voltage) must be as minimal as possible. Compared with fuse inserts for cable and line protection and transformer protection, the particular features of semi-conductor fuse inserts produce a comparatively high heat loss. The high heat loss is dissipated to the environment in the form of thermal energy. Because NH switchgear has a limited capacity to dissipate thermal energy to the environment, the maximum heat loss (Pv max./fuse insert) is listed in the technical specifications of the NH switchgear. If the values exceed the heat loss specified by the manufacturer, the rated current should be reduced in accordance with the table opposite, or the minimum connection cross-section increased accordingly to encourage heat dissipation.
Semi-conductor fuses type aR/gR/gRLMinimum cross-

section (Cu)AWG

Reduction factor for

rated currentSize IN[A]

Operating category

Heat loss[W]

00 25 gR 6 10 AWG 1.00

00 35 gR 9 8 AWG 1.00

00 50 gR 12 6 AWG 0.87

00 63 gR 15 4 AWG 0.87

00 80 aR 19 3 AWG 0.85

00 100 aR 21 1 AWG 0.85

00 125 aR 26 1/Ø AWG 0.80

00 160 aR 34 3/Ø AWG 0.75

1 160 gR 24 3/Ø AWG 1.00

1 200 gR 27 4/Ø AWG 1.00

1 250 gR 30 250 MCM 1.00

2 250 aR 105 250 MCM 0.77

2 315 aR 120 400 MCM 0.75

2 450 aR 140 2 x 300 MCM 0.75

3 150 gR 40 3/Ø AWG 0.90

3 200 gR 55 4/Ø AWG 0.90

3 250 gR 72 250 MCM 0.88

3 350 gR 95 500 MCM 0.81

3 500 gR 130 2 x 300 MCM 0.76


Power Distribution


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

65 65

210

11.5

256

270 24

1

6060

62.5

60

84

91

333

5 – 10 128.5

36.5

8023

256

270 24

1

6060

62.5

11.5

5 – 10

128.5

333

80

84

91

6036.5

23

210

65 65 11.5

72.5

256

270

241

6060

60

84

91

333

5 – 10 128.5

36.5

8023

207

62.5

256

270

241

6060

62.5

11.5

5 – 10

128.5

207

333

84

80

84

91

60

23

36.5

6062

.560

256

270

11.5

60

36.5

128.5

1605 – 10

80

84

91

333

23

241 60

60

256

270

6011

.5 128.5

1605 – 10

241

36.5

84

80

91

23

333

62.5

NH bus-mounting on-load isolator, size 2Page 340

SV 3415.020 SV 3415.030

SV 3415.120 SV 3415.130 SV 3415.210 SV 3415.230

8080

250

11.5

256

270

241

6060

62.5

60

84

91

335

5 – 10 133.5

36.5

8023

256

270

241

6060

62.5

11.5

5 – 10 133.5

335

80

84

91

60

36.5

23

250

80 80 11.5

76.5

256

270

241

6060

60

84

91

335

5 – 10 133.5

36.5

8023

211

62.5

256

270

241

6060

62.5

11.5

5 – 10

133.5

211

335

88

80

84

91

60

23

36.5

6062

.560

256

270

11.5

60

36.5

133.5

1655 – 10

80

84

91

335

23

241 60

60

256

270

6011

.5 133.5

1655 – 10

241

36.5

84

80

91

23

335

62.5

NH bus-mounting on-load isolator, size 3Page 341

SV 3095.020 SV 3095.030

SV 3095.120 SV 3095.130 SV 3095.210 SV 3095.230




C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

NH on-load isolator, size 2Pages 347 and 359

210

65 65

128.5

36.5

84

80

91

333

6025

660

270

241

6565

210

256

60

333

36.5

128.5

203

84

270

91

84

80

60

241

65 65

210

270

256

60 44

36.5

128.5

160

91

241

84

333

60

80

SV 3415.010 SV 3415.110 SV 3415.310

NH on-load isolator, size 3Pages 348 and 359

8080

25091

335

84

36.5

80

133.5

270 241

6025

660

8080

250

335

241

88

80

84

91

133.5

207

270

36.5

6025

660

80 80

250

270

256

60 49

36.5

133.5

165

91

241

84

335

6080

SV 3095.010 SV 3095.110 SV 3095.310

NH on-load isolator, size 000 to 3Hole size Pages 358 and 359

64.5

50

7

110

75

180

150

SV 3488.000, SV 3488.310,SV 3489.000, SV 3489.310

SV 3431.000

Ø11

118

150

SV 3409.000,SV 3409.310

11

65 65

100

13

50

80 80

14

50

SV 3415.010SV 3415.110SV 3415.310

SV 3095.010SV 3095.110SV 3095.310



Power Distribution


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

Continuous currents for busbarsMade from E-Cu with square cross-section in indoor locations at 35°C (95°F) air temperature and 65°C (149°F) bar temperature, vertical position or horizontal position of the bar width.

Rittal PLS current loadAccording to DIN 43 671, the correction factor k2 (correction factor diagram) is used to correct the basic rated current with reference to the existing temperatures of the ambient air and the busbar.In accordance with DIN 43 671, the load figures of the Rittal PLS special bars have been determined on the basis of measurement trials, as follows:

Widthx

Thicknessmm

Cross-sectionmm2 Weight1) Material2)

Continuous current in A

AC current up to 60 Hz

DC current + AC current

16 Hz

Bare bar

Coated bar

Bare bar

Coated bar

12 x 2 23.5 0.209 108 123 108 123

15 x 2 29.5 0.262 128 148 128 148

15 x 3 44.5 0.396 162 187 162 187

20 x 2 39.5 0.351 162 189 162 189

20 x 3 59.5 0.529 204 237 204 237

20 x 5 99.1 0.882 274 319 274 320

20 x 10 199.0 1.770 427 497 428 499

25 x 3 74.5 0.663 245 287 245 287

25 x 5 124.0 1.110 327 384 327 384

30 x 3 89.5 0.796 285 337 286 337

30 x 5 149.0 1.330E-CuF30

379 447 380 448

30 x 10 299.0 2.660 573 676 579 683

40 x 3 119.0 1.060 366 435 367 436

40 x 5 199.0 1.770 482 573 484 576

40 x 10 399.0 3.550 715 850 728 865

50 x 5 249.0 2.220 583 697 588 703

50 x 10 499.0 4.440 852 1020 875 1050

60 x 5 299.0 2.660 688 826 696 836

60 x 10 599.0 5.330 985 1180 1020 1230

80 x 5 399.0 3.550 885 1070 902 1090

80 x 10 799.0 7.110 1240 1500 1310 15901) Calculated with a density of 8.9 kg/dm3

2) Reference basis for the continuous current levels (figures taken from DIN 43 671)

PLS special busbars

Basic rated current WS 50/60 Hz

For 35/75°C (95/167°F)

For 35/65°C (95/149°F)

E-Cu 800 A 800 A 684 A

E-Cu 1600 A 1600 A 1368 A

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2 0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Fact

or k

2

Am

bien

t tem

pera

ture

[°C

]Busbar temperature [°C]

Correction factor diagramto DIN 43 671

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

0.4

1.4

1.6

2.0

1.8

50 60 70 80 90 100 110

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Fact

or k

2

Ambi

ent t

empe

ratu

re [°

C]

Busbar temperature [°C]

Correction factor diagram for PLS


Rated currents of busbars E-Cu (DIN 43 671)DIN 43 671 specifies the continuous For the continuous temperatures specified in Example:
currents of busbars at an ambient temperature of 35°C (95°F) and an average busbar temperature of 65°C (149°F). The continuous currents specified in the following table may be adjusted to alternative operating temperatures using a correction factor (k2).
For safe operation with thermal reserve, it is desirable to limit the busbar temperature to a maximum of 85°C (185°F). However, the decisive factor is the lowest permissible continuous temperature of the components which directly contact the busbar system (fuse bases, outgoing cables, etc.). The ambient air temperature of the busbars or the busbar system should not be more than 40°C (104°F); an average of 35°C (95°F) maximum is recommended.

the table, an emission level of 0.4 applies, equivalent to an oxidating copper bar. In modern busbar systems – built into enclosures with a protection category of IP 54 and above – a more favorable emission level can be assumed. The lower emission level facilitates an additional increase in continuous currents compared with the figures in DIN 43 671, irrespective of the specified air and busbar temperature. Experience has shown an increase in the continuous current of 6 – 10% compared with the table figures for bare copper bars, and 60% surface-oxidized copper bars.

For a Cu bar 30 x 10 mm (E-Cu F30), DIN 43 671 specifies a continuous current of IN65 = 573 A.The correction factor diagram for square cross-sections indicates a correction factor k2 = 1.29 at an air temperature of 35°C (95°F) and a busbar temperature of 85°C (185°F). Due to the favorable emission level, the continuous current is increased by a further 6 – 10%. In this example, a mean value of 8% is used. Compared with the table figure from DIN 43 671, the Rittal rated current specification for a Cu bar 30 x 10 mm is:

IN85 = IN65 · k2 + 8 % = 573 A · 1.29 · 1.08

IN85 = 800 A

Power DistributionRittal Maxi-PLS


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

2.8 System componentsMaxi-PLS 2000 A Page 376

51

2565

51

25

65

45.5

98.5

45

99.5

25

105

55

75

55 8

99.5

37

36

22

51

38

59

Maxi-PLS 3200 A Page 390

51

8025

60.5

60

80

148

25

70 50

70

130

100 50

8

434 50

54.5

L3 L2 L1

148

42.5

56

23

51

38

65.5


Busbar supports Part no. SV 9640.000, SV 9649.000

45.5

Busbar support, suitable for top-mountingPart no. SV 9640.160

50

End supportsPart no. SV 9640.010, SV 9649.010

51146

Busbar supports Part no. SV 9650.000, SV 9659.000

Busbar support, suitable for top-mountingPart no. SV 9650.160

60.5

End supportsPart no. SV 9650.010, SV 9659.010

Stabilizer Part no. SV 9650.140

Rittal Maxi-PLS

Power Distribution


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

2.8 Connection componentsMaxi-PLS 2000 A Page 377

Maxi-PLS 3200 A Page 391

64

DD

BA

C E

22.5

723

RITTAL

M12 = 25Nm

M10 = 20Nm

90

58

45

11.3

24.8

14.8

B

8.3

17.8

10.8

A

405

A

B

C41

M10

40

9.5

A

M12

45

12.5

B


Isolator chassis
Connection clampPart no. SV 9640.320, SV 9650.320
Part No. SV A B C D E

9640.020 89 61 346 100 89

9650.020 89 61 479 150 94

9650.030 129 101 479 150 94

Connection plates
Terminal studs(2000 A)
T(
erminal studs3200 A)
Sliding nuts(2000 A)

Sliding nuts(3200 A)

Part No. SV Size A B C T-head

screwsTightening

torque

9640.330 1 81 73 46 M10 177 in-lbs

9640.340 2 112 104 77 M10 211 in-lbs

9640.350 3 149 141 114 M10 266 in-lbs

9650.330 1 81 73 46 M12 211 in-lbs

9650.340 2 112 104 77 M12 266 in-lbs

9650.350 3 149 141 114 M12 310 in-lbs

Part No. SV A B

9640.370 M12 –

9640.380 M16 –

9650.370 – M12

9650.380 – M16

Part No. SV A B

9640.900 M6 –

9640.910 M8 –

9640.920 M10 –

9650.900 – M6

9650.910 – M10

9650.920 – M12

Power DistributionRittal Maxi-PLS


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

2.8 SV-TS8 enclosuresFor incoming/outgoing circuit 3-pole, page 392, 4-pole, page 393

2000

368.

5

468.

5

568.

5

693.

5

800

2000

368.

5

468.

5

568.

5

693.

5

268.

5

800

For NH fused isolators 3-pole, page 396

997

2000

1550

151.

527

3

225

225

300

300

300

525

553 ± 1

1197

2000

1550

151.

527

3

225

225

300

300

300 525

553 ± 1


3-pole
4-pole
Part No. SV

Widthmm (inches)

Depthmm (inches) Door(s)

9660.665 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 1

9660.675 600 (23.6) 600 (23.6) 3

9660.865 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 1

9660.875 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 3

Part No. SV

Widthmm (inches)

Depthmm (inches) Door(s)

9649.625 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 1

9649.635 800 (31.5) 600 (23.6) 3

9659.625 800 (31.5) 800 (31.5) 1

9659.635 800 (31.5) 800 (31.5) 3

Part No. SV Depthmm (inches) For1)

9660.515 600 (23.6) A

9660.415 600 (23.6) B1) NH fused isolators brand

A = ABB SlimLine B = Jean Müller SASIL

Part No. SV Depthmm (inches) For1)

9660.545 600 (23.6) A

9660.445 600 (23.6) B

Rittal Maxi-PLS

Power Distribution


C

Pow

er

2.8 SV-TS8 enclosuresFor NH fused isolators 4-pole, page 397

JM

JM

JM

JM

JM

JM

1197

300

225

300

300

225

525

553 ± 1

1550

2000

151.

527

3

JM

JM

997

JM

JM

JM

JM

300

225

300

300

225

525

553 ± 1

1550

2000

151.

527

3

997

1550

2000

151.

527

3

300

300

300

225

225

525

553 ± 1

1197

1550

2000

151.

527

3

300

300

300

225

225

525

553 ± 1

12 45.5

4.240.2

138

14.2

50.2

140

35.212

75

45

75

45

10

10

T-bar supports up to 800 APart no. SV 9660.000/.010, SV 9649.100/.110

T-bar supports up to 1600 APart no. SV 9660.100/.110, SV 9659.100/.110

T-busbars E-Cu up to 800 A Part no. SV 9660.020/.030, SV 9649.120/.130

T-busbars E-Cuup to 1600 A Part no. SV 9660.120/.130, SV9659.120/.130


Part No. SV

Depthmm (inches) For1)

9649.645 600 (23.6) B

9659.645 800 (31.5) B1) NH-fused isolators brand A = ABB SlimLine, B

Part SV

9649.

9659.

= Jean Müller SASIL

No. Depthmm (inches) For1)

655 600 (23.6) B

655 800 (31.5) B

Part NoSV

9649.66

9659.66

Part NoSV

9649.675

9659.675

. Depthmm (inches) For1)

5 600 (23.6) A

5 800 (31.5) A

2.

Dis

trib

utio

n

. Depthmm (inches) For1)

600 (23.6) A

800 (31.5) A

For coupling sets Page 399

B

800

693.

5

997

712

2000

AA

693.

5

800

B

797

512

2000

Part No. SV

Depthmm (inches)

Amm

Bmm

9660.305 600 (23.6) 418.5 418.5

Part No. SV

Depthmm (inches)

Amm

Bmm

9660.355 600 (23.6) 443.5 468.5

9649.685 600 (23.6) 418.5 418.5

9659.695 800 (31.5) 443.5 468.5

System components for NH fused isolators panels Page 398

Power DistributionRittal Maxi-PLS – technical information


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

2.8 SV-TS8 enclosuresFor incoming/outgoing circuit Page 392

Maxi-PLS 2000 A (incoming panel)

Maxi-PLS 3200 A (incoming panel)

Electrical characteristics

Voltage


EN 60 439-1

Voltage Ue 690 V


Over-voltage category IV

Level of contamination 3

Rated frequency 50 Hz

Rated current(main busbar)

Rated operating current Ie 1700 A For IP 54,

NEMA 12

2000 A For IP 2X1)

Rated surge current resistance Ipk 110 kA

Rated short-time current resistance Icw 50 kA

Mechanical characteristics

DimensionsEnclosure: Height: 2000 mm (78.7″)2), width: 600 mm (23.6″)/800 mm (31.5″), depth: 600 mm (23.6″)2)

EN 50 298System hole pattern 25 mm (1.0″)

Protection category Max. IP 54, NEMA Type 12

Design 1 EN 60 439-1

Surface protection/Material

Enclosure frame Dipcoat-primed

Panels (roof plate, rear panel)

Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated in RAL 7035 (light gray) on the outside

System attachment Stainless steel

System rails and system chassis with mounting flanges

Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated

BusbarMaterial E-Cu, bare

External dimensions (cross-section) 45 x 45 mm (1380 mm2)

Operating and ambient conditions

Ambient temperature

Short-term peak +40°C (104°F)

EN 60 439-1Maximum on a 24 h average +35°C (95°F)

Low –5°C (23°F)

Atmospheric conditions

Normal climatic stress

EN 60 439-1Relative humidity 50% at 40°C (104°F)

Operation up to 1000 m above sea level1) Using outlet filter SK 3326.207 and roof plate SV 9660.235/.245 þþ2) Other sizes available on request.


Voltage


EN 60 439-1

Voltage Ue 690 V






Rated operating current Ie

2100 A For IP 54

2600 A For IP 2X1)

3000 A For IP 22)

3200 A 3)

Rated surge current resistance Ipk 165 kA (264 kA)4)

Rated short-time current resistance Icw 70 kA (124 kA)4)


DimensionsEnclosure height: 2000 mm (78.7″)5), width: 600 and 800 mm (23.6 and 31.5″), depth: 600 mm (23.6″)5)














Ambient temperature



Low –5°C (23°F)




Operation up to 1000 m (3280 ft) above sea level1) Using outlet filter SK 3326.207 and roof plate SV 9660.235/.245 2) Using filter-fan unit SK 3327.107 (700 m3/h (412 cfm)) and roof plate SV 9660.235/.245 3) Busbars in open frame (free air convection) or special climate control measures to maintain the enclosure internal temperature. 4) Using stabilizer SV 650.140 5) Other sizes available on request


Rittal Maxi-PLS – technical information

Power Distribution


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

2.8 SV-TS8 enclosuresFor NH fused isolators Page 394

Maxi-PLS 2000 A (185 mm (7.3″) busbar system in the rear section of the enclosure)

Maxi-PLS 3200 A (185 mm busbar system in the rear section of the enclosure)


Voltage


EN 60 439-1

Voltage Ue 690 V






Rated operating current Ie 1700 A For IP 54

2000 A For IP 2X1)

Rated surge current resistance Ipk 143 kA2)

Rated short-time current resistance Icw 65 kA2)


DimensionsEnclosure height: 2000 mm (78.7″)3), widths: 600, 800, 1000 and 1200 mm (23.6, 31.5, 39.4 and 47.2″), depths: 500, 600 and 800 mm (19.7, 23.6 and 31.5″)














Ambient temperature



Low –5°C (23°F)




Operation up to 1000 m above sea level


Voltage


EN 60 439-1

Voltage Ue 690 V







2100 A For IP 54

2600 A For IP 2X1)

3000 A For IP 2X4)

3200 A 5)

Rated surge current resistance Ipk 176 kA6)

Rated short-time current resistance Icw 80 kA6)


DimensionsEnclosure height: 2000 mm (78.7″)3), widths: 600, 800, 1000 and 1200 mm (23.6, 31.5, 39.4 and 47.2″), depths: 500, 600 and 800 mm (19.7, 23.6 and 31.5″)












External dimensions (cross-section) 60 x 60 mm (2,700 mm2)


Ambient temperature



Low –5°C (23°F)




Operation up to 1000 m above sea level1) Using outlet filter SK 3326.207 and roof plate SV 9660.235/.245/.255/.265 2) Using busbar support, suitable for top-mounting SV 9640.160 3) Enclosure height 1800 and 2200 mm (70.9 and 86.6″) available on request 4) Using filter-fan unit SK 3327.107 (700 m3/h (412 cfm)) and roof plate SV 9660.235/.245/.255/.265 5) Busbars in open frame (free air convection) or special climate control measures to maintain the enclosure internal temperature 6) Using busbar support, suitable for top-mounting SV 9650.160




C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

2.8 SV-TS8 enclosuresFor NH fused isolators Page 396

T-bar system 800 A

T-bar system 1600 A


Voltage


EN 60 439-1

Voltage Ue 690 V






Rated operating current Ie 1000 A For IP 3X




DimensionsEnclosure height: 2000 mm (78.7″)1), width: 1000 mm (39.4″) and 1200 mm (47.2″), depth: 600 mm (23.6″)1)


Protection category IP 3X









Busbar

Material E-Cu, bare

Width contact strip 10 mm

Cross-section 470 mm2


Ambient temperature



Low –5°C (23°F)




Operation up to 1000 m above sea level1) Other sizes available on request


Voltage


EN 60 439-1

Voltage Ue 690 V






Rated operating current Ie 1600 A For IP 3X




DimensionsEnclosure height: 2000 mm (78.7″)1), width: 1000 mm (39.4″) and 1200 mm (47.2″), depth: 600 mm (23.6″)1)


Protection category IP 3X









Busbar

Material E-Cu, bare

Width contact strip 10 mm

Cross-section 910 mm2


Ambient temperature



Low –5°C (23°F)




Operation up to 1000 m above sea level1) Other sizes available on request



Power Distribution


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

2.8 SV-TS8 enclosuresFor coupling sets Page 399

Maxi-PLS 2000 A (coupling section)

Maxi-PLS 3200 A (coupling section)


Voltage


EN 60 439-1

Voltage Ue 690 V






Rated operating current Ie 1700 A For IP 54

2000 A For IP 2X1)




DimensionsEnclosure height: 2000 mm (78.7″)2), width: 800 mm (31.5″)2), depth: 600 mm (23.6″)2)














Ambient temperature



Low –5°C (23°F)




Operation up to 1000 m above sea level1) Using outlet filter SK 3326.207 and roof plate SV 9660.2452) Other sizes available on request


Voltage


EN 60 439-1

Voltage Ue 690 V







2100 A For IP 54

2600 A For IP 2X1)

3000 A For IP 2X2)

3200 A 3)




DimensionsEnclosure: height: 2000 mm (78.7″)4), width: 1000 mm (39.4″)4), depth: 600 mm (23.6″)4)














Ambient temperature



Low –5°C (23°F)




Operation up to 1000 m above sea level1) Using outlet filter SK 3326.207 and roof plate SV 9660.255 2) Using filter-fan unit SK 3327.107 (700 m3/h (412 cfm)) and roof plate SV 9660.255 3) Busbars in open frame (free air convection) or special climate control measures to maintain the enclosure internal temperature 4) Other sizes available on request



C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion


Planning and project management in line with regulationsAs a general principle, low-voltage switchgear and distributors should be planned to meet the operating conditions of their final installation site. The operator of the plant should therefore, in collaboration with the manufacturer, stipulate the operating and ambient conditions. As a general rule, the operator or planning office should also supply the manufacturer with full electrical specifications of both the mains supply end and the distributor outlet end. This makes it possible to plan and manufacture a cost-effective system with optimum adaptation to the technical requirements.

Important operating and ambient conditions● Voltage Ue ● Mains frequency fN ● Rated insulation voltage Ui ● Busbar rated current Isas ● Rated current for the supply end Izu ● Rated surge current resistance Ipk ● Rated short-time current resistance Icw ● Ambient temperature condition ϑ ● Atmospheric climatic stress, specifying

the relative humidity and temperature● Protection category of the overall system

IP . . . ● Specification to DIN EN 60 529 ● Protection category

Important basic data for planning and project management● Applicable regulations and standards,

both regional and international● Electric supply company conditions● Operator-specific regulations● Mains-specific protective measures/mains

type● Voltage and frequency● Rated current with regard for the number

of conductors (infeed and busbars)● Rated insulation voltage● Short-circuit current at the point of

installation● Location of incoming cables, from above

or below● Number of incoming cables and wires,

specifying the type and cross-section● Number of outlets, specifying the

operating load and the envisaged outgoing cables with type and cross-section

● For the outlet side, specification of the simultaneity factor and rated load factor of the relevant equipment items

Rated load factorThe rated load factor of a switchgear Number of
enclosure or part thereof (e.g. a field) comprising several main circuits refers to the ratio between the largest sum total of all currents anticipated at any given time in the affected main circuits and the sum total of the rated currents of all main circuits of the switchgear enclosure or observed part thereof.
main circuits Load factor

2 and 3 0.9

4 and 5 0.8

6 and 7 0.7

10 or more 0.6


Rated currents and short-circuit currents of standard transformers Voltage

UN = 400 V 400 V

Short-circuit voltage Uk 4%1) 6%2)

Power consumption SNT [kVA]

Rated current IN [A]

Short-circuit current Ik''3) [kA]

50 72 1.89 1.20

100 144 3.61 2.41

160 230 5.77 3.85

200 288 7.22 4.81

250 360 9.02 6.01

315 455 11.36 7.58

400 589 14.43 9.62

500 722 18.04 12.03

630 910 22.73 15.15

800 1156 28.86 19.24

1000 1444 36.08 24.05

1250 1805 45.09 30.06

1600 2312 57.72 38.48

2000 2882 72.15 48.101) Uk = 4% standardized to DIN 42 503 for SNT = 50 . . . 630 kVA2) Uk = 6% standardized to DIN 42 511 for SNT = 100 . . . 1600 kVA3) Ik'' = Initial symmetrical short-circuit current of transformer when connecting to a mains supply with unlimited short-circuit lead


Power Distribution


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion


The following regulation applies to the There are no quality differences defined For details of the scope of testing for both Design differences between TTA and PTTA
manufacture of low-voltage switchgear and distributors with Rittal SV technology: DIN EN 60 439-1 (DIN VDE 0660 part 500)Low-voltage switchgear enclosures – requirements for type-tested and partially type-tested enclosures.
This standard makes a distinction between● Type-tested switchgear enclosures (TTA)

and● Partially type-tested switchgear

enclosures (PTTA)

This refers to the following: Type-tested switchgear enclosures (TTA) are switchgear enclosures or parts thereof (functional units, assemblies) which match the switchgear enclosure type-tested under the standard, without any major deviations from the original type or system.

Partially type-tested switchgear enclosures (PTTA)are switchgear enclosures which are manufactured individually or in small quantities for specific application conditions and which contain both type-tested and non-type-tested assemblies, provided the latter are derived from type-tested assemblies (by means of calculation) which have passed the appropriate tests.

between the two design variants TTA and PTTA, they are deemed to be of equal value.However, both design variants require different proof and tests.

The following proof and tests must be provided for system configuration in line with regulations and evidence of CE conformity:

TTA/PTTA to DIN EN 60 439-1● Compliance with the limit over-

temperature● Dielectric strength● Short-circuit resistance ● Effectiveness of the PE conductor● Creepage distances and clearance● Mechanical function● IP protection categories● Wiring, electrical function● Insulation● Protective measures

Among type-tested switchgear enclosures TTA, this evidence is provided by one-off type testing and unit testing following assembly.

In the case of partially type-tested switchgear enclosures PTTA, complete evidence must be provided for each system installed, either by means of testing or by means of calculation based on the tests performed.

design variants, please refer to table 7 in DIN EN 60 439-1 which contains references to the standard section number.

This standard specifies that random variation of switchgear and protective devices of different makes or models within a switchgear installation is no longer possible without evidence of testing or calculation. This evidence can only be supplied by the manufacturer/workshop.

Special consideration must be made for this fact, both when planning and when purchasing switchgear and distributors.

Difference between TTA and PTTA

DIN EN 60 439-1 (DIN VDE 0660 part 500 and part 504)

TTA
PTTA
Pre-assembled and prewired in the factory

Type-tested components

Type-tested components

Non-type-tested components

Enclosure construction

Enclosure construction

Type testing or calculation on

the basis of tests carried out

(extrapolation)

Unit testing
Unit testing Unit testing
Ready-to-use system

Ready-to-use system

Ready-to-use system

Unit testing(final inspection of installations)According to DIN VDE 0100 part 610 (original inspection), low-voltage installations, including switchgear and distributors, should be subjected to an original inspection prior to commissioning and release to the customer.

On-site inspection of the customer’s system is not necessary for switchgear and distributors, provided an inspection record from the manufacturer/workshop is available.

This cost-saving variant should be the norm in all cases where no retrofitted modifications have been done on site.

Power DistributionISV distribution enclosure


C

2.

Pow

er D

istr

ibut

ion

2.9 ISV-TS8 enclosuresFor ISV installation distribution enclosure up to 630 A Page 409

Width measurements Part No. SVB1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9

597 592 512 606 475 455 605 512 440 9665.905847 842 762 856 725 705 605 512 690 9665.9151097 1092 1012 1106 975 955 605 512 940 9665.925597 592 512 606 475 455 405 312 440 9665.945847 842 762 856 725 705 405 312 690 9665.9551097 1092 1012 1106 975 955 405 312 940 9665.965

Technical specifications Rated current up to 400 A 630 A

Rated surge current resistance Ipk at a maximum busbar sup-port centre distance of 300 mm

30 kA 45 kA

Rated insulation voltage Ui to VDE 0110 690 V AC

cos phi 0.3

Cross-section of phase conductor L1 – L3 30 x 5 mm 30 x 10 mm

Cross-section of neutral conductor N 25 x 10 mm 25 x 10 mm

Cross-section of ground wire 12 x 10 mm 12 x 10 mm

Protective measures Protection category 1(with ground wire)

Over-voltage category 3 3

IP protection categoryIP 20 (NEMA Type1)

without door, IP 55 (NEMA Type 12) with door

B1 B1

B7

1912

100

150

203

B5

30 61

61 30

B3

B2

B9

B7

B8

B4

Top view with side panels shown (B4).

appr

ox. 2

000

(78.

7″)

For ISV distribution enclosures up to 1600 A Page 410

61

30

725

605

690

61

30

512

762

842

847

605

317

705

705

640

1518

.5

1293

.5

643.

5

518.

5

475 61

3030

61

592

512

605

440

512

597

appr

ox. 2

000

(78.

7″)

appr

ox. 2

000

(78.

7″)


SV 9665.975
SV 9665.985

Electronic Packaging

1149Rittal Handbook 31/Electronic Systems

C

3.

Elec

Pac

kagi

ng

FRONT BOARD(8 U x 2800 (110.2″) x 6 HP)

RTM

(8 U

x 7

00 (2

7.6″

) x 6

HP)


3.1 ATCAAdvancedTCA Shelf Pages 426/427

Front view, version VA
Rear view, version VA/VB
Air routing, version VA/VB

tron

ic

EMC provision, version VA/VB


1150 Rittal Handbook 31/Electronic Systems

C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

295.6±0.5 87.54±0.5

17 9 18

19

20

21

22

9 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9109 11

12

13

14

15

16

350

241.5

336.3

6.85

54.25

28.95 ± 0.38

1.2

24.00 2.52.5

24.0

0

1.5

9.9

1

3

4

5

2

6

7

15.00

5.19

25.4

1

6.11

1.20

4.00

4.00

5.45

5.45

1

3

2

4

5

6

7


3.1 ATCAAdvancedTCA Shelf Pages 426/427

Subrack side view

RTM upper support member

RTM panel

Backplane support bar

RTM alignment feature

RTM

Backplane

RTM lower support member

RTM attachment plane

Guide rail

Backplane datum

Front board lower support member

Front board attachment plane

Bottom handle

Front board

Front board face plate

Top handle

Front board upper support member

Zone 3 air flow seal

Zone 3 connector

Zone 1 and 2 alignment and keying feature

Zone 2 fabric and data connectors

Zone 1 power connector

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Face plate Page 428

Handle clearance

7.00 dia 2 x screw positions

Overlay

External R 2.2

Contact face

EMI gasket

Internal R 1.0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Handle/microswitch Page 429

Stage 2 “RCSI”

Stage 1 “Locking”

Locking latch

Switch actuates between 1° – 2° handle rotation

Switch actuates between 3° – 4° handle rotation

Side 2 cover

PCB

1

2

3

4

5

6

7



C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

178

19.7

5

OU

TP

UT

S

227.5

138.6

126.

5

44.45

87 90.7

3

2

149.5

5.55 216.4

30

2

3

Slot 1

63

126.

5 Slot 2Slot 3Slot 4Slot 5

2

23

80.5

± 0

.2

6 231 ± 0.2

274.5 4.5

33 ±

0.2 6 249 ± 0.2

15

3

4

N L

1


3.4 Power supply unitsRipac power supply units – Open Frame 250 and 400 W Page 479

General specifications 250 watts 400 watts

Part No. RP 35 A 3686.622 –

Part No. RP 60 A – 3686.623

Part No. RP 85 A – 3686.629

Operating temperature range 0°C to +70°C (32°F to 158°F)(derating from 50°C (122°F))

0°C to +70°C (32°F to 158°F) (derating from 50°C (122°F), 2.5%/K)

Storage temperature –40°C to +85°C (-40°F to 185°F) –40°C to +85°C (-40°F to 185°F)

Mains buffering time (min. at 90 V AC) 16 ms minimum 15 ms minimum

Cooling Fan-cooled Fan-cooled

Isolation voltagesInput – output: 4350 V DCInput – enclosure: 2350 V DCOutput – enclosure: 100 V DC

Input – output: 3000 V ACInput – enclosure: 1500 V ACOutput – enclosure: 500 V DC

Radio interference suppression EN 55 022 curve B EN 55 022 curve B

Immunity to interference/emission

EN 61 000-4-2 (level 4) EN 61 000-4-3 (level 3) EN 61 000-4-4 (level 4) EN 61 000-4-5 (level 3) EN 61 000-4-6 (level 3) EN 61 000-4-11 compliant


Approvals UL 1950, VDE 0805, EN 60 950, CSA 22.2, CE EN 60 950, UL 1950, CSA 22.2 no. 234, CE1) All outputs short-circuit resistant to a maximum of 30 seconds.

Ripac power supply unit 259.5

Open Frame 250 W ● On/off controller with three

outputs● Design: Solid● 85 – 265 V AC/120 – 340 V DC● Radio interference suppressed

to EN 55 022 curve B, FCC curve B

● Approvals: EN 60 950, UL 1950, VDE 0805, CSA 22.2/CE

Ripac power supply unit Open Frame 400 W ● Modular power supply unit● 3 outputs● Wide-range input

(85 – 253 V AC)● Power factor in accordance

EN 61 000-3-2● Radio interference suppressed

to EN 55 022 curve B● Immunity to interference in

accordance with EN 61 000-4-3, -5, -6 (level 3) EN 61 000-4-2, -4 (level 4) EN 61 000-4-11 compliant

● FASTON connectors mean faster installation in the termi-nal equipment

● Tested to EN 60 950, UL 1950 and CSA 22.2 no. 234

AC input

Fans

Threaded inserts M4 for fastening. The screws must not protrude more than 4.5 mm (0.2″) into the unit.

1

2

3

AC input

DC outputs

Fans

Threaded inserts M4 for fastening. The screws must not protrude more than 4.5 mm (0.2″) into the unit.

1

2

3

4


Rittal Handbook 31/Electronic Systems

C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

23

80.5

± 0

.2

6 267 ± 0.2

318.5

4.5

33 ±

0.2 6 267 ± 0.2

15

3

4

63

126.

5

Slot 1Slot 2Slot 3Slot 4Slot 5

2

N L

1

216

248

3725

11015

50

6

115.

530

2794.5

2

4

4

3

4

63

175.

5

1

Courtesy uth San Francisco, CA 94080-6370-Main Office: (650) 588-9200-Outside Local Area: (800) 258-9200-www.stevenengineering.com

3.4 Power suppliesRipac power supply units – Open Frame 600 and 1000 W Page 479

General specifications 600 watts 1000 watts

Part No. RP 85 A 3686.624 –

Part No. RP 110 A – 3686.625

Operating temperature range 0°C to +70°C (32°F to 158°F)(derating from 50°C (122°F)), 2.5%/K)

0°C to +70°C (32°F to 158°F)(derating from 50°C (122°F)), 2.5%/K)

Storage temperature –40°C to +85°C (-40°F to 185°F) –40°C to +85°C (-40°F to 185°F)

Mains buffering time (min. at 90 V AC) 15 ms minimum 13 ms minimum

Cooling Fan-cooled Fan-cooled

Isolation voltagesInput – output: 3000 V ACInput – enclosure: 1500 V ACOutput – enclosure: 500 V DC

Input – output: 3000 V ACInput – enclosure: 1500 V ACOutput – enclosure: 500 V DC

Radio interference suppression EN 55 022 curve B EN 55 022 curve A




Approvals EN 60 950, UL 1950, CSA 22.2 no. 234, CE EN 60 950, UL 1950, CSA 22.2 no. 234, CE

Ripac power supply unit Open Frame 600 W ● Module power supply unit● 3 outputs● Long-range input

(85 – 253 V AC)● Power factor in accordance

EN 61 000-3-2● Radio interference suppressed

to EN 55 022 curve B● Immunity to interference in

accordance with: EN 61 000-4-3, -5, -6 (level 3) EN 61 000-4-2, -4 (level 4) EN 61 000-4-11 compliant

● FASTON connectors mean faster installation in the termi-nal equipment

● Tested to EN 60 950, UL 1950 and CSA 22.2 no. 234

1152

Ripac power supply unit Open Frame 1000 W ● Ultra-compact units with

3 outputs● Suitable for universal applica-

tions, as the outputs can be set within a broad range

● No base load required● Peak current may be loaded for

start-up operation of drives (up to 3 times the rated current for 10 seconds)

● Immunity to interference in accordance with: EN 61 000-4-3, -5, -6 (level 3) EN 61 000-4-2, -4 (level 4) EN 61 000-4-11 compliant

● Power factor correction to EN 61 000-3-2

● Long-range input: 85 – 265 V AC

● Radio interference suppressed to EN 55 022 curve A

● EN 60 950, EN 41 003, IEC 950, UL 1950, CSA 234 M 90, BS 6301

● SELV (all models < 48 V UA)● 48 V DC input for telecom appli-

cations available on request

of Steven Engineering, Inc.-230 Ryan Way, So

AC input

DC outputs

Fans

Threaded inserts M4 for fastening. The screws must not protrude more than 4.5 mm into the unit.

1

2

3

4

3412

AC input

DC outputs

Fans

Threaded inserts M4 for fastening. The screws must not protrude more than 4.5 mm into the unit.

1

2

3

4



C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

261.

8

233.

4

174.43

2.5

80

128.

6

100

174.43

2.5

Ua/% 50

100

00 110

Pa/%

100

00 50 70

40


3.4 Power supply unitsRipac power supply units for VME, plug-in Page 480

General specifications Height 3U 6U

Width (HP) 10 12 8 12

Part No. RP power supply 3686.469 3686.470 3686.471 3685.306

Part No. RP front panel 3685.304 3685.305 3686.472 3685.307

Operating temperature range 0°C to +70°C (32°F to 158°F) with free convection 0°C to +70°C (32°F to 158°F) with free convection

Storage temperature –20°C to +85°C (-4°F to 185°F) 0°C to +85°C (32°F to 185°F)

Output reduction 3%/K from +50°C (122°F) 3%/K from +50°C (122°F)

Size/weight 10 HP: 0.7 kg (1.5 lb), 12 HP: 0.8 kg (1.8 lb) 8 HP: 1.2 kg (2.6 lb), 12 HP: 2 kg (4.4 lb)

Mains buffering > 20 ms at 100% load > 20 ms at 100% load

Radio interference suppression EN 50 081-1, EN 55 011/EN 55 022 curve B Interfering radiation depending on installation

EN 50 081-1, EN 55 011/EN 55 022 curve B Interfering radiation depending on installation


EN 50 082-2EN 61 000-4-2 level 4EN 61 000-4-3 EN 61 000-4-4 level 4EN 61 000-4-5 level 4EN 61 000-4-11 compliant

EN 50 082-2EN 61 000-4-2 level 4EN 61 000-4-3 EN 61 000-4-4 level 4EN 61 000-4-5 level 4EN 61 000-4-11 compliant

Connection Connector H15, IEC 60 603-2 keyable 2 connectors H15, IEC 60 603-2 keyable

Approvals LGA design-tested

IEC 950/EN 60 950/VDE 0805 Protection category I/VDE 0100 EN 61 000-4-3 interference level 10 V/m EN 61 000-4-11

IEC 950/EN 60 950/VDE 0805 Protection category I/VDE 0100 EN 61 000-4-3 interference level 10 V/m EN 61 000-4-11

● 482.6 mm (19″) module to IEC 60 297-3

● Automatic changeover 115/230 V AC

● All outputs are continuously short-circuit resistant

● Over-temperature protection.● AC-FAIL and SYSRESET

signals● Integrated VME bus signals

(AC-FAIL, SYSRESET)● Design-tested:

EN 60 950/VDE 0805 protection category I, VDE 0100

● EMC standards EN 50 081-1 and 50 082-2

PE grounding contact: Must be connected to the ground conductor of the mains supply network.L1/N: Mains conductorsL: Load connection F: Sensor connection (sense) 0 VL: Common ground foroutputs 1 – 3.

With sensor lead operation (5 V only):Max. voltage compensation per lead 0.25 V.The sensor lead must be connected to the load.

Without sensor lead operation:For safe operation of the unit, +5 VL must be connected to +5 VF and 0 VL to 0 VF.

Caution: Fire protection must be provided via the superordinate enclosure system.

3U

HP

6U

HP

Connector assignment H15, IEC 60 603-2 (DIN 41 612)

3U 6U

Pin Function Function (P1) Function (P2)

4 +5 VF +5 VL AC-FAIL

6 0 VF +5 VL SYSRESET

8 +5 VF +5 VL assigned internally

10 0 VF +5 VL assigned internally

12 +5 VF +5 VF assigned internally

14 0 VL +5 VF assigned internally

16 SYSRESET –12 VL assigned internally

18 0 VL 0 VL mains-related

20 +12 VL 0 VL mains-related

22 –12 VL 0 VL mains-related

24 AC-FAIL 0 VL mains-related

26

assigned internally(mains-related)

0 VL mains-related

28 L1 +12 VL L1

30 N +12 VL N

32 PE 0 VF PE

Current limiting characteristic

la/%

Tu/°C

Temperature-dependentpower reduction


C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

CPCIAC INPUT

®

1

A

A

2

1

3

10.0

6.61

4


3.4 Power supply unitsRipac power supply units for CPCI, plug-in Page 481

General specifications Height 3U 6U

Width (HP) 8 HP 8 HP

Part No. RP AC power supply 3688.534 3688.694 3688.695 3688.528

Part No. RP DC power supply 3688.537 3688.655 3688.696 3688.530

Current splitting/N+1 with parallel connection (redundancy) U1, U2 and U3, internal diodes, “hotswap”-compatible

Operating temperature range 0°– 70°C (32°– 158°F) (0°– 50°C (32°– 158°F) full load), 50°– 70°C (122°– 158°F) linear derating

Cooling Min. 15 cfm for full load Min. 90 cfm for full load

Storage temperature –40° to +85°C (-40° to 185°F)

Rel. humidity < 90% non-condensed

Weight approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb) approx. 2.4 kg (5.3 lb)

MTBF 150,000 h at an ambient temperature of 25°C (77°F)

Handle Type VII, Part No. RP 3686.135

Guide rail 2.54 mm (0.1″) offset, Part No. RP 3687.832

EMC FCC Level B, EN 55 022 Level B (conducted) FCC Level A, EN 55 022 Level A

Connector Positronic 47-pin, PICMG 2.11

Approvals EN 60 950 A1 – A4, CSA 22.2, UL 1950, CE

3U 6U2.5 171.91

8 HP (40.34)

8 HP

3 U

LED display

Injector/extractor handle IEEE 1101.10-compatible

For 160 mm (6.3″) insertion depth

Power supply connector Positronic

1

2

3

4

POWERGOOD

6 U

(261

.85)

233.

35 OPT. (4), Guide railoffset:STD. PSU – 6.60 mm (0.3″), STD. CPCI – 4.06 mm (0.2″)

1

1154

Connector assignment 3U

Pin# SEQ1) FUNCTION01 – 04 2 +5.0 V V 1 Output05 – 12 2 GND V 1 + V 2 Return13 – 18 2 +3.3 V V 2 Output19 2 GND V 3 Return20 2 +12.0 V V 3 Output21 2 –12.0 V V 4 Output22 2 RTN Signal Return23 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)24 2 GND V 4 Return25, 26 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)27 3 R/EN Remote Enable, Close circuit to GND28, 29 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)30 2 + S 1 +5.0 V (V 1) Remote Sense31, 32 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)33 2 + S 2 +3.3 V (V 2) Remote Sense34 2 S-RTN Sense Return for V 1, V 2, V 335 3 N/C No Connection (reserved)36 2 + S 3 +12.0 V (V 3) Remote Sense37 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)38 2 DEG Over-temperature39 2 R/INH Remote Inhibit, Close circuit to GND40 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)41 3 N/C No Connection (reserved)42 2 PF Power Fail Signal43 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)44 3 N/C No Connection (reserved)45 1 PE Protective Earth (chassis) Safety Ground46 2 ACC Neutral (N) AC Power Input3) 47 2 AC Line (L) AC Power Input3)

1) Contact mating sequence 1 = First to make/Last to break 3) DC to DC version

C

P0011222222222333333333344444444

3)

Rittal Handbook 31/Electronic Systems

onnector assignment 6U

in# SEQ1) FUNCTION1 – 04 2 +5.0 V V 1 Output5 – 12 2 GND V 1 + V 2 Return3 – 18 2 +3.3 V V 2 Output9 2 GND V 3 Return0 2 +12.0 V V 3 Output1 2 –12.0 V V 4 Output2 2 RTN Signal Return3 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)4 2 GND V 4 Return5, 26 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)7 3 R/EN Remote Enable, Close circuit to GND8 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)9 2 V 1-ADJ +5.0 V Remote Voltage Adjust0 2 + S 1 +5.0 V (V 1) Remote Sense1 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)2 2 V 2-ADJ +3.3 V Remote Voltage Adjust3 2 + S 2 +3.3 V (V 2) Remote Sense4 2 S-RTN Sense Return for V 1, V 2, V 35 3 ISHR-1 +5.0 V (V 1) Current Share6 2 + S 3 +12.0 V (V 3) Remote Sense7 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)8 2 DEG Over-temperature9 2 R/INH Remote Inhibit, Close circuit to GND0 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)1 3 ISHR-2 +3.3 V (V 2) Current Share2 2 PF Power Fail Signal3 2 N/C No Connection (reserved)4 3 ISHR-3 +12.0 V (V 3) Current Share5 1 PE Protective Earth (chassis) Safety Ground6 2 ACC Neutral AC Power Input3) 7 2 AC Line AC Power Input3)

DC to DC version



C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

3.5 SubracksKey to all Ripac subrack drawings Pages 488 – 494

B1 482.6 mm (19″)

B2 HP horizontal pitch (with 19″: 84 HP)

T1 Side panel depth

T2 Mounting position depth

T3 12.5 mm (0.5″) (position of the front horizontal rail)

Attachment holes ∅ 4.1 mm (0.2″)for screws M4 x 12 (0.5″)

10

B2B1

6 H

E1

HE

T2T1

T3

4.1

8

7

6

1 2 3

4

5

9

10

Ripac Vario EMC 7U taken as an example

HE = U

Ripac ECO 3U, 6U – configuration Page 488

124

T2

74

T1

124

74

265.

35

6 H

E3

HE

T2

124

74

T113

2

Height units U 3 6 Page

D (T1)

mm (inches)

D(T2)

mm (inches)PU

Side panels175 (6.9) 150 (5.9) 1 3688.100 3688.102

496 235 (9.3) 210 (8.3) 1 3688.101 3688.103

Flanges 3U 3688.110 1 2 –497

Flanges 6U 3688.111 1 – 2

Side panels see above 1 2 2 496

A Horizontal rails, front 3684.562 1 2 2 499

I Threaded inserts 3684.610 1 4 4 504

C4 Horizontal rails, rear 3688.104 1 2 2 501

D1 Horizontal rails, rear, center 3684.582 1 – 1 502

Assembly screws M4 x 12 (0.47″) 3684.881 1 8 10 –

2

1

2

4

5

6

10

T2

10

12.5

265.

35

1874110

121.

68

133.

35

11

Ø 4.1

Ø 2

Ø 4.1

Ø 2

T2

10

12.5

74110

132

18

11

T2

10

12.5

1874110

121.

68

133.

35

11

266.

7

398.

7

Ø 4.1

Ø 2

10

176.

4574110

1144

.45

1.1

18

Ø 4.1 2

T2

176.

45

10

12.5

1874110

1122.2

3

154.

45

Ø 4.1 2

T2

10

12.5

309.

8

1874110

121.

68

133.

35

21.7

544.4

5

11

Ø 4.1

Ø 2

T2

10

12.5

117411

0

121.

6822

.23

133.

35

309.

8

18

132.

23

Ø 4.1

Ø 2


Ripac Vario, Ripac Vario EMC Pages 489 – 492 3U 9U4U (3 + 2 x 1/2) 4U (3 + 1)
T1 T1 T1
T2 12.5

T1

T1

6U

Ø

T1

7U (8 + 2 x 1/2)

2 Ø

T1

7U (6 + 1)



C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

3.5 SubracksRipac Vario, Ripac Vario EMC 3U, 4U, 6U, 7U, 9U – configuration Pages 489 – 492

Height units U D (T1)mm (inches)

D (T2)mm (inches) PU 3 6 9 4

(3 + 1)4

(3 + 2 x 1/2)7

(6 + 1)7

(6 + 2 x 1/2) Page

Side panels

185 (7.3) 160 (6.3) 1 3684.511 3684.529 – – – – –

495

225 (8.9) 200 (7.9) 1 3684.512 3684.530 3685.797 3685.793 3685.890 3685.896 3685.893

245 (9.6) 220 (8.7) 1 3684.513 3684.531 – 3685.850 3685.891 3685.897 3685.894

285 (11.2) 260 (10.2) 1 3684.514 3684.532 – 3684.523 3684.526 3685.743 3685.895

305 (12.0) 280 (11.0) 1 3684.515 3684.533 3685.798 3685.794 – – –

345 (13.6) 320 (12.6) 1 3684.516 3684.534 3684.547 3684.524 3684.527 3685.744 3685.745

365 (14.4) 340 (13.4) 1 3684.517 3684.535 3685.799 3685.795 – – –

405 (15.9) 380 (15.0) 1 3684.518 3684.536 3684.548 3684.525 3684.528 3684.541 3684.543

425 (16.7) 400 (15.8) 1 3684.519 3684.537 – – – – –

465 (18.3) 440 (17.3) 1 3684.520 3684.538 3684.549 3685.796 3685.892 3684.542 3684.544

525 (20.7) 500 (19.7) 1 3684.521 3684.539 3684.550 – – 3685.898 3685.959

585 (23.0) 560 (22.0) 1 3684.522 3684.540 3684.551 – – – –

Subrack Ripac VarioPT Part No. PU BP C BP C BP C BP C BP C BP C Page

Flanges – 13684.615 3684.617 3684.619 3684.616 3684.618

4962 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Side panels see above 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 495

A Horizontal rails, front 3684.562 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 499

I Threaded inserts 3684.610 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 504

C1 Horizontal rails, rear 3684.572 1 2 – 2 – 2 – 2 – 2 – 2 2 500

D1 Horizontal rails, rear, center 3684.582 1 – – 1 – 2 – – – – – 1 1 502

G Insulating strips 21 HP 3684.611 1 8 – 16 – 24 – 8 – 8 – 16 16 505

C3 Horizontal rails, rear, with Z rails 3686.159 1 – 2 – 2 – 2 – 2 – 2 – – 501

D2 Horizontal rails, rear, center, with integral Z rails 3687.602 1 – – – 1 – 2 – – – – – – 503

Assembly screws M4 x 12 (0.5″) 3684.881 1 8 8 10 10 12 12 8 8 8 8 10 10 –

Subrack Ripac Vario EMCPT Part No. PU BP BP1) BP BP1) BP BP1) BP BP1) BP BP1) BP BP1) BP BP1) Page

Flanges – 13684.615 3684.617 3684.619 3684.616 3684.618

4962 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Trim sections, rear – 13684.634 3684.636 3684.638 3684.635 3684.637

4972 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Side panels see above 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 495

EMC gaskets, vertical – 1

3686.975 3686.977 3686.979 3686.976 3686.978506

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 3 3

Covers, vented see below 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – – 2 2 – – 515

Covers, L-shaped, 1/2U, top solid/bottom vented at front see below 1 – – – – – – – – 1/1 1/1 – – 1/1 1/1 517

Mounting blocks 3684.234 10 Depending on depth 507

K EMC gaskets for covers 3684.245 10 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 2 2 507

A Horizontal rails, front 3684.562 1 4 3 4 2 4 2 6 5 4 3 6 4 4 2 499

I Threaded inserts 3684.610 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 4 4 6 6 4 4 504

B Front horizontal rails with 10 mm (0.7″) extension 3684.567 1 – 1 – 2 – 2 – 1 – 1 – 2 – 2 499

C1 Horizontal rails, rear 3684.572 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 500

D1 Horizontal rails, rear, center 3684.582 1 – – 1 1 2 2 – – – – 1 1 1 1 502

G Insulating strips 21 HP 3684.611 1 8 8 16 16 24 24 8 8 8 8 16 16 16 16 505

Assembly screws M4 x 12 (0.5″) 3684.881 1 12 12 14 14 16 16 16 16 12 12 18 18 14 14 –

Covers for Ripac Vario EMC

Height units U D (T1)mm (inches) PU 3 6 9 4

(3 + 1)4

(3 + 2 x 1/2)7

(6 + 1)7

(6 + 2 x 1/2) Page

Covers

245 (9.6) 1 3684.695 – – – –

515 – 517

285 (11.2) 1 3684.696 3684.696 3684.732/3684.7262) 3684.696 3684.732/

3684.7262)

305 (12.0) 1 3685.852 – – – –

345 (13.6) 1 3684.698 3684.698 3684.733/3684.7272) 3684.698 3684.733/

3684.7272)

405 (16.0) 1 3684.700 3684.700 3684.734/3684.7282) 3684.700 3684.734/

3684.7282)

465 (18.3) 1 3684.701 – – 3684.701 3684.735/3684.7292)

525 (20.7) 1 3684.702 – – – –

585 (23.0) 1 3684.703 – – – –

BP = for backplane C = for DIN connector PT = rail type 1) Front horizontal rails with 10 mm (0.4″) extension for injector/extractor handles (B) 2) Vented/not vented

2

1

2

4

5

6

10

1

3

2

7

9

4

8

5

6

10

7




C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

251.64/144.96

190.

5

57.1

537

.43

57.1

5

213.64/106.96

269.64/162.96

2.75 2.75T1

T2

251.64/144.96

37.4

357

.15

213.64/106.96

269.64/162.96

T2

2.75 2.75T1

T1 2.752.75

T2

132

(3 H

E)

7.5 213.64/106.96

3.5 SubracksRipac Compact, 3U, 6U– configuration Page 493

EMC version Page

Height units U 3 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 6Horizontal pitch HP 21 21 42 42 42 21 21 42 42 42

D (T1)mm (inches)

D (T2)mm (inches) PU HS MP HS MP MP HS MP HS MP MP

Side panels225 (8.9) 200 (7.9) x 3684.512 3684.530 3684.512 3684.530

495 285 (11.2) 260 (10.2) x 3684.514 3684.532 3684.514 3684.532

PT Attachment PU For backplane

Side panels see above x 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 495

Side panels for cable entry x – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 –

EMC PG cable gland x – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 –

Trim sections, rear x 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 4 2 2 497

Flanges with keyhole x – 2 – 2 2 – 2 – 2 2 –

EMC front/rear panels x – – – – – – 1 – 1 1 –

EMC rear panel for rail adaptor x – – – – – 1 – 1 – – –

Rear panel for rail adaptor x 1 – 1 – – – – – – – –

Rail adaptor x 1 – 1 – – 1 – 1 – – –

EMC gaskets, vertical x – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 506

Covers, vented see below x – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 517

A Horizontal rails, front x 4 2 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 499

C1 Horizontal rails, rear x 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 500

I Threaded inserts x 4 2 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 504

G Insulating strips 21 HP x 2 2 4 4 8 2 2 4 4 8 505

D1 Horizontal rails, rear, center x – – – – 1 – – – – 1 502

Covers for Ripac CompactLP

mm (inches) PU 3 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 6 Page

Covers, vented 160 (6.3) 1 3687.624 3687.625 3687.6241) 3687.6251) 517

Covers, vented 220 (8.7) 1 3687.692 3687.677 3687.6921) 3687.6771) 517

F Z rails IEC 60 603-2 (DIN 41 612) 1 3684.599 3684.600 3684.599 3684.600 504

HS = top hat rail MP = mounting plate PT = rail type LP = PCB depth1) Included with the supply

2

2

3

1

7

4

5

6

7

For top hat rail For mounting plate

132

(3 H

E) 26

5.35

(6 H

E)

HE = U




C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

124

12.5

12.5

124

124

T2

T1

4.1

T1

T2

4.1

482.6 (19˝)

482.6 (19˝)

132

265.

35

3.5 SubracksRipac Vario Mobil 3U, 6U – configuration Page 494

EMC EMC Page

Height units U 3 3 3 6 6 6D (T1)

mm (inches)D (T2)

mm (inches) PU BP C BP BP C BP

Side panels 245 (9.6) 220 (8.7) 1 3684.513 3684.531 495

PT Part no. PU

Flanges – 13684.615 3684.617

496 2 2 2 2 2 2

Trim sections, rear – 1 – –2

– –2

497 3684.634 3684.636

Side panels see above 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 495

EMC gaskets, vertical – 1 – –2

– –2

506 3686.975 3686.977

Covers, vented 3684.695 1 – – 2 – – 2 515

Mounting blocks 3684.234 10 – – 20 (0.8) – – 20 (0.8) 507

K EMC gaskets for covers 3684.245 10 – – 4 – – 4 507

A Horizontal rails, front 3684.562 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 499

I Threaded inserts 3684.610 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 504

C1 Horizontal rails, rear 3684.572 1 2 – 2 2 – 2 500

D1 Horizontal rails, rear, center 3684.582 1 – – 1 – 1 502

G Insulating strips 21 HP 3684.611 1 8 – 8 16 – 16 505

C3 Horizontal rails, rear, with integral Z rails 3686.159 1 – 2 – – 2 – 501

D2 Horizontal rails, rear, center, with integral Z rails 3687.602 1 – – – 1 – 503

Assembly screws M4 x 12 (0.5″) 3684.881 1 12 12 12 14 14 14 –

Assembly screws M3 x 6 (0.3″) 3684.883 1 – – 60 – – 60 –

BP = for backplane C = for DIN connector PT = rail type

2

1

3

2

7

9

4

5

63U

6U

84 HP

84 HP




C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

437

465.1

T

482.6 (19″)

T1 = T – 7

34.52.9

40.9

44.1

13.4

HE

437

447

T

T1 = T – 7

Part No. RP D(T) mm

(inches)Instrument

cases 19″ rack-mount 19″ rack-mount1)

3687.819 3687.814 – 150 (5.9)

3687.820 3687.815 – 200 (7.9)

3687.821 3687.816 3684.072 250 (9.8)

3687.822 3687.817 – 300 (11.8)

3687.823 3687.818 3684.073 350 (13.8)1) Including assembly kit for double Euroboards

HE = U


3.6 Instrument cases/system enclosuresRiBox system enclosures 1U Page 554

447

482.6 mm (19″) rack-mount

Instrument cases



C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

122.

45

e x 10 = f

3 H

E

132.

5

57.1

5

TE

168.

5

122.

45

33.6

5

e x 10 = f

300.

4

122.

4512

2.45

33.6

5

e x 10 = f

7 H

E

310.

4

57.1

588

.988

.9

248

TE

122.

4512

2.45

255.

9

e x 10 = f

4 H

E

17711

4.5

101.

6

TE

6 H

E

265.

9

248

190.

5

TE


3.6 Instrument cases/system enclosuresRipac Vario-Module Pages 555 – 558

Part No. VM

U (HE)

HP(TE)

D (T) mm

(inches)e

W (B1)mm

(inches)

W (B2)mm

(inches)

3982.040 3 42 250.4(9.9) 22 235.6

(9.3)251.6(9.9)

3982.070 3 42 310.4(12.2) 28 235.6

(9.3)251.6(9.9)

3982.050 3 63 250.4 (9.9) 22 342.3

(13.5)358.3 (14.1)

3982.080 3 63 310.4 (12.2) 28 342.3

(13.5)358.3 (14.1)

3982.060 3 84 250.4 (9.9) 22 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.090 3 84 310.4 (12.2) 28 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.100 3 84 370.4 (14.6) 34 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.110 4 84 250.4 (9.9) 22 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.120 4 84 310.4 (12.2) 28 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.130 4 84 370.4 (14.6) 34 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.140 6 84 310.4 (12.2) 28 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.150 6 84 370.4 (14.6) 34 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.160 6 84 430.4 (16.9) 40 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.170 7 84 310.4 (12.2) 28 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3982.190 7 84 430.4 (16.9) 40 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

Part No. VM

(EMC)U

(HE)HP (TE)

D (T) mm

(inches)e

W (B1)mm

(inches)

W (B2)mm

(inches)

3983.040 3 42 250.4 (9.9) 22 235.6

(9.3)251.6 (9.9)

3983.070 3 42 310.4 (12.2) 28 235.6

(9.3)251.6 (9.9)

3983.050 3 63 250.4 (9.9) 22 342.3

(13.5)358.3 (14.1)

3983.080 3 63 310.4 (12.2) 28 342.3

(13.5)358.3 (14.1)

3983.060 3 84 250.4 (9.9) 22 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.090 3 84 310.4 (12.2) 28 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.100 3 84 370.4 (14.6) 34 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.110 4 84 250.4 (9.9) 22 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.120 4 84 310.4 (12.2) 28 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.130 4 84 370.4 (14.6) 34 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.140 6 84 310.4 (12.2) 28 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.150 6 84 370.4 (14.6) 34 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.160 6 84 430.4 (16.9) 40 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.170 7 84 310.4 (12.2) 28 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

3983.190 7 84 430.4 (16.9) 40 449.0

(17.7)465.1 (18.3)

T B1

B2

3U

T B1

B2

4U

T B1

B2

6U

T B1

B2

7U


C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

Ba

b

c

HEH

9.5

6.3

31.7

5

44.4

5 12.7

B

A

B

HE

(H

1)

T

5050

63.5

120

100

d x

120

40

30

67.5

12.5

30

7.5

353

5

3.6 Instrument cases/system enclosuresRittal RiCase 269.2 mm (1/2 19″) Page 562

Rittal RiCase 482.6 mm (19″) Page 563

Detail X

Section B – B

HE = U


XRittal RiCase 269.2 mm (1/2 19″) – in RAL colors: RAL 5018 (teal), RAL 5012 (light blue), RAL 7030 (stone gray)

Not ventedPart No. RC, RAL 5018 3750.100 – 3750.200 – 3750.210 3750.300 – 3750.400 –

Part No. RC, RAL 5012 3750.102 – 3750.202 – 3750.212 3750.302 – 3750.402 –

Part No. RC, RAL 7030 3750.104 – 3750.204 – 3750.214 3750.304 – 3750.404 –

VentedPart No. RC, RAL 5018 – 3750.110 – 3750.220 – 3750.350 3750.360 – 3750.450

Part No. RC, RAL 5012 – 3750.112 – 3750.222 – 3750.352 3750.362 – 3750.452

Part No. RC, RAL 7030 – 3750.114 – 3750.224 – 3750.354 3750.364 – 3750.454

U 1 2 3 4

Height (H) in mm (inches) 77.5 (3.1) 77.5 (3.1) 121.9 (4.8) 121.9 (4.8) 166.4 (6.6) 166.4 (6.6) 166.4 (6.6) 210.8 (8.3) 210.8 (8.3)

H1 (HE) in mm (inches) 45.0 (1.8) 45.0 (1.8) 89.4 (3.5) 89.4 (3.5) 133.8 (5.3) 133.8 (5.3) 133.8 (5.3) 178.3 (7.0) 178.3 (7.0)

Width (B) in mm (inches) 348.6 (13.7) 348.6 (13.7) 348.6 (13.7) 348.6 (13.7) 348.6 (13.7) 348.6 (13.7) 348.6 (13.7) 348.6 (13.7) 348.6 (13.7)

Depth (T) in mm (inches) 300.0 (11.8) 420.0 (16.5) 300.0 (11.8) 540.0 (21.3) 300.0 (11.8) 420.0 (16.5) 540.0 (21.3) 420.0 (16.5) 540.0 (21.3)

a in mm (inches) 280.6 (11.0) 280.6 (11.0) 280.6 (11.0) 280.6 (11.0) 280.6 (11.0) 280.6 (11.0) 280.6 (11.0) 280.6 (11.0) 280.6 (11.0)

b in mm (inches) 251.6 (9.9) 251.6 (9.9) 251.6 (9.9) 251.6 (9.9) 251.6 (9.9) 251.6 (9.9) 251.6 (9.9) 251.6 (9.9) 251.6 (9.9)

c in mm (inches) 237.2 (9.3) 237.2 (9.3) 237.2 (9.3) 237.2 (9.3) 237.2 (9.3) 237.2 (9.3) 237.2 (9.3) 237.2 (9.3) 237.2 (9.3)

d in mm (inches) – 1 – 2 – 1 2 1 2


Rittal RiCase 482.6 mm (19″) – in RAL colors: RAL 5018 (teal), RAL 5012 (light blue), RAL 7030 (stone gray)

Not ventedPart No. RC, RAL 5018 3750.310 3750.320 3750.410 3750.420 3750.600 3750.610 3750.620 3750.700 3750.710 3750.900 3750.910 3750.000

Part No. RC, RAL 5012 3750.312 3750.322 3750.412 3750.422 3750.602 3750.612 3750.622 3750.702 3750.712 3750.902 3750.912 3750.002

Part No. RC, RAL 7030 3750.314 3750.324 3750.414 3750.424 3750.604 3750.614 3750.624 3750.704 3750.714 3750.904 3750.914 3750.004

VentedPart No. RC, RAL 5018 3750.330 3750.340 3750.430 3750.440 3750.630 3750.640 3750.650 3750.720 3750.730 3750.920 3750.930 3750.030

Part No. RC, RAL 5012 3750.332 3750.342 3750.432 3750.442 3750.632 3750.642 3750.652 3750.722 3750.732 3750.922 3750.932 3750.032

Part No. RC, RAL 7030 3750.334 3750.344 3750.434 3750.444 3750.634 3750.644 3750.654 3750.724 3750.734 3750.924 3750.934 3750.034

U 3 4 6 7 9 12

Height (H) in mm (inches) 166.4 (6.6) 166.4 (6.6) 210.8 (8.3) 210.8 (8.3) 299.7 (11.8) 299.7 (11.8) 299.7 (11.8) 344.2 (13.6) 344.2 (13.6) 433.1 (17.1) 433.1 (17.1) 566.5 (22.3)

H1 (HE) in mm (inches) 133.8 (5.3) 133.8 (5.3) 178.3 (7.0) 178.3 (7.0) 267.2 (10.5) 267.2 (10.5) 267.2 (10.5) 311.7 (12.3) 311.7 (12.3) 400.6 (15.8) 400.6 (15.8) 534.0 (21.0)

Width (B) in mm (inches) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1) 562.0 (22.1)

Depth (T) in mm (inches) 300.0 (11.8) 420.0 (16.5) 300.0 (11.8) 420.0 (16.5) 300.0 (11.8) 420.0 (16.5) 540.0 (21.3) 420.0 (16.5) 540.0 (21.3) 420.0 (16.5) 540.0 (21.3) 540.0 (21.3)

a in mm (inches) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4) 494.0 (19.4)

b in mm (inches) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3) 465.0 (18.3)

c in mm (inches) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7) 450.6 (17.7)

d in mm (inches) – 1 – 1 – 1 2 1 2 1 2 2



C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

A

44.4

5

12.

7

31.7

5

6.5

HEH

251.5

295.5

270.5

320.5

236.5

9.5 A

320.5

3

251.5

269.3

295.5

12.

5

12.

5

k x

12.5

= I

dY

Z

B

B

f x 2

5 =

g 5

0

T

h x

12.5

= i

62.

5 6

2.5

236.5

251.5

12.

5

50

3

R 3

320.5

295.5

270.5

6.25

62.

5

15

18.75

3.6 Instrument cases/system enclosuresRittal Vario-Case iS 269.2 mm (1/2 19″) Page 569

Part No. VC without vent slots 3710.000 3720.000 3730.000 3731.000 3740.000 3741.000

U 1 2 3 4

Height (H) in mm (inches) 74.75 (2.9) 119.20 (4.7) 163.65 (6.4) 163.65 (6.4) 208.10 (8.2) 208.10 (8.2)

Depth (T) in mm (inches) 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7)

d in mm (inches) 64.75 (2.5) 109.20 (4.3) 153.65 (6.0) 153.65 (6.0) 198.10 (7.8) 198.10 (7.8)

f in mm (inches) 8 (0.3) 8 (0.3) 8 (0.3) 12 (0.5) 8 (0.3) 12 (0.5)

g in mm (inches) 200 (7.9) 200 (7.9) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8)

h in mm (inches) 20 (0.8) 20 (0.8) 20 (0.8) 28 (1.1) 20 (0.8) 28 (1.1)

i in mm (inches) 250 (9.7) 250 (9.7) 250 (9.7) 350 (9.8) 250 (9.7) 350 (9.8)

k in mm (inches) 22 (0.9) 22 (0.9) 22 (0.9) 30 (1.2) 22 (0.9) 30 (1.2)

l in mm (inches) 275 (10.8) 275 (10.8) 275 (10.8) 375 (14.8) 275 (10.8) 375 (14.8)

Detail YSection A – A

Section B – B

Detail Z

HE = U




C

3.

Elec

tron

ic P

acka

ging

A

A

450

465

509

484

534

9.

5

44.4

5HEH

12.

7

31.7

5

6.5

d

f x 2

5 =

g

T

50

Z

62.

5

h x

12.5

= i

62.

5

XB

B

3.6 Instrument cases/system enclosuresRittal Vario-Case iS 482.6 mm (19″) Pages 570 – 571.

Part No. VC without vent slots 3713.000 3714.000 3743.000 3744.000 3745.000 3774.000 3775.000

Part No. VC with vent slots 3713.200 3714.200 3743.200 3744.200 3745.200 3774.200 3775.200

U 1 4 7

Height (H) in mm (inches) 74.75 (2.9) 74.75 (2.9) 208.10 (8.2) 208.10 (8.2) 208.10 (8.2) 341.40 (13.4) 341.40 (13.4)

Depth (T) in mm (inches) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 500 (19.7) 400 (15.7) 500 (19.7)

d in mm (inches) 64.75 (2.5) 64.75 (2.5) 198.10 (7.8) 198.10 (7.8) 198.10 (7.8) 331.40 (13.0) 331.40 (13.0)

f in mm (inches) 8 (0.3) 12 (0.5) 8 (0.3) 12 (0.5) 16 (0.6) 12 (0.5) 16 (0.6)

g in mm (inches) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7)

h in mm (inches) 20 (0.8) 28 (1.1) 20 (0.8) 28 (1.1) 36 (1.4) 28 (1.1) 36 (1.4)

i in mm (inches) 250 (9.8) 350 (13.8) 250 (9.8) 350 (13.8) 450 (17.7) 350 (13.8) 450 (17.7)

k in mm (inches) 22 (0.9) 30 (1.1) 22 (0.9) 30 (1.1) 38 (1.5) 30 (1.1) 38 (1.5)

l in mm (inches) 275 (10.8) 375 (14.7) 275 (10.8) 375 (14.7) 475 (18.7) 375 (14.7) 475 (18.7)

Section B – B

Detail Z

320.5

3

251.5

269.3

295.5

12.

5

12.

5

k x

12.5

= I

236.5

251.5

12.

5

50

3

R 3

320.5

295.5

270.5

6.25

62.

5

15

18.75

Section A – A Detail Y

Part No. VC without vent slots 3733.000 3734.000 3735.000 3763.000 3764.000 3765.000 3794.000 3795.000

Part No. VC with vent slots 3733.200 3734.200 3735.200 3763.200 3764.200 3765.200 3794.200 3795.200

U 3 6 9

Height (H) in mm (inches) 163.65 (6.4) 163.65 (6.4) 163.65 (6.4) 297.00 (11.7) 297.00 (11.7) 297.00 (11.7) 430.50 (16.9) 430.50

Depth (T) in mm (inches) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 500 (19.7) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 500 (19.7) 400 (15.7) 500 (19.7)

d in mm (inches) 153.65 (6.0) 153.65 (6.0) 153.65 (6.0) 287.00 (11.3) 287.00 (11.3) 287.00 (11.3) 420.50 (16.6) 420.50 (16.6)

f in mm (inches) 8 (0.3) 12 (0.5) 16 (0.6) 8 (0.3) 12 (0.5) 16 (0.6) 12 (0.5) 16 (0.6)

g in mm (inches) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 200 (7.9) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7) 300 (11.8) 400 (15.7)

h in mm (inches) 20 (0.8) 28 (1.1) 36 (1.4) 20 (0.8) 28 (1.1) 36 (1.4) 28 (1.1) 36 (1.4)

i in mm (inches) 250 (9.8) 350 (13.8) 450 (17.7) 250 (9.8) 350 (13.8) 450 (17.7) 350 (13.8) 450 (17.7)

k in mm (inches) 22 (0.9) 30 (1.1) 38 (1.5) 22 (0.9) 30 (1.1) 38 (1.5) 30 (1.1) 38 (1.5)

l in mm (inches) 275 (10.8) 375 (14.7) 475 (18.7) 275 (10.8) 375 (14.7) 475 (18.7) 375 (14.7) 475 (18.7)

HE = U


Climate ControlClimate controlled enclosures

1164 Rittal Handbook 31/Climate Control Systems

C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

605

157

461

0

31

1

1800

(20

00)

797

min

. 100

157

605

661

0

31

1

1800

(20

00)

597

min

. 100

461

80

T2

1800

/200

0

1197

T1

1197

1800

/200

0

461

80

T2

T1

900

250

686.5


4.1 Climate controlled enclosuresSingle-door, useful cooling capacity 1100/1500 W (3756/5123 BTU) Page 582

1100 W (3756 BTU) 1500 W (5123 BTU)

8512

max. installation depth = 478 mm (18.8″)

1

8712

max. installation depth = 478 mm (18.8″)

1

Two-door, useful cooling capacity 2000/2500 W (6830/8538 BTU) Page 583

Device positionleft

Device positionright

min

.100

min

.100

2000 W (6830 BTU) 2500 W (8538 BTU)

D (T1) max. 445 mm (17.5″) 415 mm (16.3″)

D (T2) 190 mm (7.5″) 220 mm (8.7″)

Climate control doors

Climate Control

1165Rittal Handbook 31/Climate Control Systems

C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

1777

.5 (

1977

.5)

592

1777

.5 (

1977

.5)

592

190

90

461

480

80

157

57

461

592

1777

.5 (

1977

.5)

1777

.5 (

1977

.5)

592

900

250

190

90

461

220

120461

For installing in 800 mm (31.5″) wide TS8 modular enclosures, useful cooling capacity 1500 W (5123 BTU) Page 585

480

80

157

57

661

1777

.5 (

1977

.5)

792

592

1777

.5 (

1977

.5)

1777

.5 (

1977

.5)

592

900

25017

77.5

(19

77.5

)

592

220

120461

190

90

461

1777

.5 (

1977

.5)

592

157

57

461

190

90

461


4.1 Climate control doorsFor installing in 600 mm (23.6″) wide TS8 modular enclosures, useful cooling capacity 1100/1500 W (3756/5123 BTU) Page 584

For installing in 600 mm (23.6″) wide TS8 modular enclosures, useful cooling capacity 2000/2500 W (6830/8538 BTU) Page 586

1100 W (3756 BTU) 1500 W (5123 BTU) 2000 W (6830 BTU) 2500 W (8538 BTU)



1100 W (3756 BTU) 1500 W (5123 BTU) 2000 W (6830 BTU) 2500 W (8538 BTU)

Climate ControlRoof-mounted air conditioners


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

597

415

365

Ø 80

30

1

375

415

326

1701

475

260

326

375

597

597

415

380

Ø 100 27

1

475

415

420

2801

490

597

420

390

475

470

796

538

Ø 150

38.5

1

580

238

Ø 150

1580 52

0

392

796

692


4.1 Roof-mounted air conditionersUseful cooling capacity 500/750 W (1708/2561 BTU) Page 590

Mounting cutout

Condensate discharge 1/2″, flexible1

Useful cooling capacity 1000 W (3415 BTU) Page 591


Useful cooling capacity 1500/2000 W (5123/6830 BTU) Page 593

Mounting cutout


Useful cooling capacity 3000/4000 W (10,246/13,661 BTU) Page 594

Mounting cutout


Wall-mounted air conditioners

Climate Control

1167

C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

6

340

27

281

471

525

499

(483)

9

30°

10517

525

4

25

25

Ø 7 (4x)

340

333

4 9

17

314

525

340

15355

280

550

140 42

550

501

251

18 x 45°(230)

200

524

Ø 8 (4x)

Ø 15 (2x)

266

2549

2

518

550

280

550

T1 T

T5

T4

262

266

480

15.5

550

Ø 8 (4x)

532

200

18 x 45°

Ø 8 (4x)

(230)

524 266 49

225

518

550

Ø 19 (2x)

254

266

18 x 45°

Ø 8 (4x)

(230)

524 49

225

518

550


4.1 Wall-mounted air conditionersMini in horizontal format, useful cooling capacity 300 W (1025 BTU) Page 596

Mounting cutoutexternal mounting

Mounting cutoutinternal mounting

External mounting

Internal mounting

98

98


280



Internal mounting

External mounting

280
254


Partial internal

External mounting

Internal mounting


Mounting cutoutpartial internal


T3

2

mounting

280

mo

280

unting

254

280

Rittal Handbook 31/Climate Control Systems

D (T1) D (T2) D (T3) D (T4) D (T5)

500 W(1708 BTU)

200 mm(7.9″)

100 mm(3.9″)

100 mm(3.9″)

158 mm(6.2″)

42 mm(1.7″)

750 W(2561 BTU)

280 mm(11.0″)

125 mm(4.9″)

155 mm(6.1″)

235 mm(9.3″)

45 mm(1.8″)

Climate ControlWall-mounted air conditioners


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

950

400 260 210 370

330

Ø 9.5 (4x)

380950

920

920

25 x 45°

380

Ø 9.5 (4x)

370

R6 (4x) 25

920

920

950

2

25 x

45°

400

345

280

235

255

950

15

350

25

Ø

385

1580

400 50145290

370

320

320

Ø 13 (4x)

1558

1554

1540

1580

Ø 9.5 (2x)

25

Ø 9.5 (2x)

376

280

350

Ø 13 (10x)

400

3529

5

380

1580

260

2555

0

320

275

340

325

500

1580

145 195

153015

50

25

474

Ø 13 (4x)

1580

500

380

440

440

Ø 13 (10x)

4533

0

1580

164

360

380

500

375

380

275

25


4.1 Wall-mounted air conditionersUseful cooling capacity 1500/2000 W (5123/6830 BTU) Page 599

Mounting cutout Mounting cutoutMounting cutoutExternal Internal Partial
mounting i
m
mnternal
ounting155105

ounting

50

external mounting pm

inteartial internal ounting

400

rnal mounting

400

Useful cooling capacity 1500/2000 W (5123/6830 BTU) Page 600

External mounting

145

Inm

Partial internal mounting

240

ternal ounting1)


Mounting cutoutpartial internal mounting, internal mounting

400

1) For installation in 600 mm (23.6″) wide doors, move the mounting cutout from the center of the door to the hinged side by at least 10 mm (0.4″).

Useful cooling capacity 4000 W (13,661 BTU) Page 601

340

External mounting

Partial internal mounting


Mounting cutoutpartial internal mounting

500

362

Wall-mounted air conditioners

Climate Control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

450

1580

382

12 140

195

4040

1500

Ø 8 (10x)

155

345

326

354

240

5526

016

5.5

353

360

85.5

360

353

78.5

354

354

49

1510

400

285

620

238

298

185

285

262

1219

017

217

076

1917

3.5259

220

7014

3.5

620

Ø 8 (8x)

405

1020

358

245

298

38.5

235

1020

350

93

350

Ø 9.5 (8x)

8338

525

5

345 280

250


4.1 Wall-mounted air conditionersUseful cooling capacity 1500 W (5123 BTU) Page 602 (SK 3366.XXX and SK 3377.XXX)



Internal mounting

External mounting

354

Design NEMA 4X, useful cooling capacity 500 W (1708 BTU) Page 603

External mounting


Design NEMA 4X, useful cooling capacity 1000/1500 W (3415/5123 BTU) Page 603

External Mounting cutout
mounting
405

external mounting

Climate ControlWall-mounted air conditioners


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

405

1650

388

275

328

3729

5

1650

260

408

320

Ø 13 (10x)

550

380

405

280

350

9327

532

5


4.1 Wall-mounted air conditionersDesign NEMA 4X, useful cooling capacity 2000/2500 W (6830/8538 BTU) Page 604

External mounting Mounting cutout
external mounting

Chillers

Climate Control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

4.2 Options for chillers

Pre

ssur

e-se

aled

sys

tem

Op

en s

yste

m w

ith ta

nk

Des

igne

d a

s a

once

-thr

oug

h co

oler

with

out t

ank

Hot

gas

byp

ass

cont

rol i

n th

e co

olin

g c

ircui

t

Mor

e p

ower

ful p

ump

(s)

Hea

ter

in th

e ta

nk (

1000

W)

Wat

er le

vel s

witc

h

Flow

mon

itor

Wat

er fi

lter/

oil f

ilter

Wat

er-c

oole

d c

ond

ense

r

Up

stre

am p

ipew

ork,

free

from

non

-fer

rous

met

als

Aut

omat

ic ta

nk fi

lling

Faul

t sig

nal w

ith in

div

idua

l mes

sag

es

Am

bie

nt te

mp

erat

ure

cont

rol

Aut

omat

ic b

ypas

s

Man

ual b

ypas

s

Har

ting

con

nect

or

Out

doo

r si

ting

Sp

ecia

l sp

ray

finis

h

Sp

ecia

l vol

tag

e

Met

al fi

lter

mat

Cas

tors

Ref

riger

ant R

134a

Dou

ble

pum

p u

nit

Filte

r m

at m

onito

ring

Bas

e tr

ay

Tank

(st

ainl

ess

stee

l 1.4

301)

Ad

diti

onal

med

ium

con

nect

ions

Chillers mini and mini for wall-mountingSK 3318.600 � – � – ▫ – – � – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – � – – –

SK 3318.610 – � – – ▫ – – � – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – � – – –

SK 3319.600 � – � – ▫ – – � – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – � – – –

SK 3319.610 – � – – ▫ – – � – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – � – – –

SK 3320.600 – � – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – � – � –

SK 3334.600 – � – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – � – � –

SK 3360.100 – � – ▫ ▫ – ▫ � – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ – ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ ▫ – � – � – – –

SK 3360.250 – � – ▫ ▫ – ▫ � – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ – ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ ▫ – � – � – – –

SK 3360.400 – � – ▫ ▫ – ▫ � – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ – ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ ▫ – � – � – – –

Chillers freestanding and industrial enclosureSK 3336.100 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – – – � ▫

SK 3336.200 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – – – � ▫

SK 3336.300 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – – – � ▫

SK 3336.500 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – – – � ▫

SK 3336.600 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – – – � ▫

SK 3336.650 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � – – – � ▫

SK 3336.700 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – � ▫

SK 3336.710 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – � ▫

SK 3336.720 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – � ▫

SK 3336.730 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – � ▫

SK 3336.740 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – � ▫

SK 3336.750 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – � ▫

SK 3339.100 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – � ▫

SK 3339.200 – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – � ▫

SK 3339.300 � – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – – ▫

SK 3339.400 � – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – – ▫

SK 3339.500 � – � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – – ▫

Chillers freestanding enclosure for oilSK 3337.200 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.300 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.500 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.600 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.650 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.700 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.710 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.720 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.730 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.740 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

SK 3337.750 � ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ – ▫ ▫ – – – ▫ ▫ – – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ – – – – ▫ ▫

Chillers in the TS8 modular systemSK 3335.060 – � – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ –

SK 3335.075 – � – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ –

SK 3335.100 – � – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ –

SK 3335.120 – � – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ –

SK 3335.150 – � – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ –

SK 3335.200 – � – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ –

SK 3335.250 – � – ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ –

� Standard ▫ Optional


Climate ControlChillers


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

4.2 Options for chillers

Wat

er-c

oole

d c

ond

ense

r

Rad

ial f

an

Hot

gas

byp

ass

cont

rol i

n th

e co

olin

g c

ircui

t

Har

ting

con

nect

or

Sp

ecia

l sp

ray

finis

h

Sp

ecia

l vol

tag

e

Am

bie

nt te

mp

erat

ure

cont

rol

Con

trol v

olta

ge

24 V

DC

Liq

uid

inje

ctio

n va

lve

Faul

t sig

nal “

Filte

r m

at d

irty”

Imm

ersi

on d

epth

650

mm

(25

.6″)

Imm

ersi

on d

epth

750

mm

(29

.5″)

Imm

ersi

on d

epth

850

mm

(33

.5″)

Imm

ersi

on d

epth

100

0 m

m (

39.4

″)

Immersible chillersSK 3338.020 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.040 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.060 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.080 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.100 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.120 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.140 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.160 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.180 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.200 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.220 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.240 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.260 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.280 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.300 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.320 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.340 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.360 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.500 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.520 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.540 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.560 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ � ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.580 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.600 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.620 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.640 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.660 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.680 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.700 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.720 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.740 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.760 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.780 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.800 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.820 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

SK 3338.840 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫

� Standard ▫ Optional


Chillers

Climate Control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol


4.2 ChillersMini, cooling capacity 960/1490 W (3279/5089 BTU) Page 608Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan

Evaporator coil

Expansion valve

Filter dryer

Filling

Vent valve

Temperature sensor

Pump

Flow monitor

Overpressure valve

Pressure relief valve

High-pressure switch

5

25

20

35

50

55

61

45

15

10

70

1

60

65

P

T

S

Layout diagram1

5

10

15

20

25

35

45

50

55

60

61

65

70

Note:With a lockable external cooling cycle, a bypass (overpressure valve) should be provided in the external water pipes.

50 Hz

Characteristic curves of pumpPart no. SK 3318.600/3318.610/ 3319.600/3319.610

2.50 5.0 7.5 100

10

20

30

40

H

Q.

60 Hz

64 8 10 12

H

Q

0

10

20

30

40

.

H = Delivery head H [m]Q = Delivery flow Q [l/min].

Mini, cooling capacity 3000/4500 W (10,246/13,661 BTU) Page 609Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan

Evaporator coil

Expansion valve

Filter dryer

Tank

Filling

Tank drain

Water level switch, optional

Temperature sensor

Pump

Flow monitor


55

4030

60

1

7010

15

5

35

46

50

20

25

P

S

Layout diagram1

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

46

50

55

60

70


50 Hz

Characteristic curves of pump Part no. SK 3320.600/3334.600

0

15

30

45

60

H

Q

200 40 60 80.

60 Hz

0

15

30

45

60

H

Q

200 40 60 80.




C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol


4.2 ChillersMini, for wall-mounting, cooling capacity 1000/2500/4000 W Page 610(3415/8538/13,661 BTU) Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan

Evaporator coil

Expansion valve

Filter dryer

Tank

Filling

Tank drain

Water level switch, optional

Temperature sensor

Pump

Flow monitor


5

15

10

1

70

60

55

35

4030

50

46

25

20

P

S

Layout diagram

1

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

46

50

55

60

70

Note:With a lockable external cooling cycle, a bypass
(overpressure valve) should be provided in the external water pipes.
Characteristic curves of pumpPart no. SK 3360.100/3360.250/ 3360.400

50 Hz

H

Q

0

10

20

30

100 20 30 40.

60 Hz

H

Q

0

10

20

30

40

100 20 30 40.


Freestanding enclosure, cooling capacity 2100 to 7700 W Page 611

(7172 to 26,267 BTU) Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan

Multi-coil vaporizer

Capillary tube/expansion valve1)

Filter dryer

Tank

Pressure gauge

Filling

Tank drain

Level indicator

Pump


Thermostat1) from SK 3336.500

5

10

25

35

40

48

19

55301631

1

80

70P

Layout diagram

1

5

10

16

19

25

30

31

35

40

48

55

70

80

Note:With a lockable external cooling cycle, a bypass
(overpressure valve) should be provided in the external water pipes.
Characteristic curves of pumpPart no. SK 3336.100/3336.200/3336.300/ 3336.500/3336.600/3336.650

50 Hz

H

Q

20

0

25

30

35

3020 40 50 60.


Chillers

Climate Control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

Freestanding enclosure for oil, cooling capacity 2550 to 7900 W (8709 to 26,980 BTU) Page 613Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan

Evaporator coil

Capillary tube/expansion valve1)

Filter dryer

Pressure gauge

Automatic bypass valve

Oil pump

Motor for oil pump


Thermostat

Anti-frost thermostat1) from SK 3337.500

5

180

31 56

3257

8119

25

15

10

70P

Layout diagram1

5

10

15

19

25

31

32

56

57

70

80

81


Characteristic Part no. SK 3336.700/3336.

4.2 ChillersFreestanding enclosure, cooling capacity 10000 to 25200 W (34,152 to 86,063 BTU) Page 612Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan

Evaporator coil

Expansion valve

Inspection glass

Magnetic valve

Liquid collector

Filter dryer

Tank

Pressure gauge

Filling

Tank drain

Level indicator

Pump

Flow monitor


Low-pressure switch

Shut-off valve

Thermostat

2022

21

25

23

553031

35

48

40

6015

80

71

70573

73

1

10

Layout diagram1

5

10

15

20

21

22

23

25

30

31

35

40

48

55

60

70

71

73

80

60 Hz

3520 50

H

Q

25

30

35

40

45

.

50 Hz

3520 50

H

Q

20

25

30

35

40

.

Part no. SK 3336.730/3336.740/3336.750


curves of pump

710/3336.720

65 80

65 80

650 Hz

4020 60 80 100

H

Q

30

40

50

60

.

0 Hz

4020 60 80 100

H

Q

30

40

50

60

.

H = DeliveQ = Delive.
ry head H [m]
ry flow Q [l/min]


1176 e Control Systems

C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

4.2 ChillersFreestanding enclosure for oil, cooling capacity 10600 to 26100 W (36,201 to 89,136 BTU) Page 614Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor Pressure gauge

Condenser Automatic bypass valve

Condenser fan Oil pump

Evaporator coil Motor for oil pump

Expansion valve High-pressure switch

Inspection glass Low-pressure switch

Magnetic valve Shut-off valve

Liquid collector Thermostat

Filter dryer Anti-frost thermostat

31

73

152022

21

25

23

81

73

1

70

80

71

56

5732

5

10

M

Layout diagram1 31

5 32

10 56

15 57

20 70

21 71

22 73

23 80

25 81


In TS8 modular enclosure system, cooling capacity 6000/7500 W (20,491/25,614 BTU) Page 615Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan


Expansion valve

Inspection glass

Liquid collector

Filter dryer

Tank

Pressure gauge

Fixed pump bypass

Filling

Tank drain

Level switch

Pump


Thermostat

33

351647

70

201

80

31

5540

30

21

23

25

10

5

Layout diagram1

5

10

16

20

21

23

25

30

31

33

35

40

47

55

70

80

Characteristic curves oPart no. SK 3335.060/3335.075

50 Hz

H = Delivery head H [m]Q = Delivery flow Q [l/min]

3020 40 50

H

Q

12

16

20

24

28

.

.

f pump

60

In TS8 modular enclosure system, cooling capacity 10000 to 25000 W (34,152 to 85,379 BTU) Page 616Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan


Expansion valve

Inspection glass

Liquid collector

Filter dryer

Tank

Pressure gauge

Fixed pump bypass

Filling

Tank drain

Level switch

Pump


Thermostat

33

351647

70

201

80

31

5540

30

21

23

25

10

5

Layout diagram1

5

10

16

20

21

23

25

30

31

33

35

40

47

55

70

80

Characteristic curves of pPart no. SK

50 Hz 3335.200/3335.250

6030 90 120 150

H

Q

20

26

32

38

44

50

.

50 Hz 3335.100/3335.120/ 3

3020 40 50 60

H

Q

20

26

32

38

44

50

.


ump

335.150

Rittal Handbook 31/Climat

Chillers/Immersible chillers

Climate Control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

4.2 Immersible chillersUseful cooling capacity 2400 to 77900 W (8196 to 266,042 BTU) Pages 618 – 623Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan

Evaporator coil

Expansion valve

Inspection glass

Magnetic valve

Liquid collector

Filter dryer

Tank, to be supplied by the customer

Temperature sensor


Low-pressure switch

Thermostat

Stirrer

5

80

70

1

71

30

50822022

23

21

25

10

15

Layout diagram1

5

10

15

20

21

22

23

25

30

50

70

71

80

82


4.2 ChillersIn industrial enclosure, cooling capacity 32 kW to 172 kW (109,286 to 587,411 BTU) Page 617

1) Layout diagram SK 3339.300 – .500 available on request.

Key to the adjacent drawing:

Compressor

Condenser

Condenser fan

Evaporator coil

Expansion valve

Inspection glass

Magnetic valve

Liquid collector

Filter dryer

Tank

Pressure gauge

Filling

Tank drain

Level indicator

Pump

Flow monitor


Low-pressure switch

Shut-off valve

Thermostat

313060

15

71

80

70

73

10

523

25

21

22 20

73

1

48

35

4055

Layout diagram SK 3339.100/.2001) 1

5

10

15

20

21

22

23

25

30

31

35

40

48

55

60

70

71

73

80

50 Hz 3339.100/3339.200 60 Hz 3339.100/3339.200

907050 110 150130 170

H

Q

35.0

37.5

40.0

42.5

45.0

.8050 110 140 170

H

Q

15

20

25

30

.

Characteristic curves of pumpPart no. SK

50 H

25

30

35

40

H

50 Hz 3339.300/3339.400

1000 200 300 400

H

Q

18

23

28

33

38

.

5

H

0 Hz 3339.500

0 200 400 600 800

Q

20

25

30

35

40

.
z 3339.250, 3339.280

80 120 160 200 250

Q.

50 Hz 3339.450

0 100 200 300 40015

20

25

30H

Q.

35

40

50

45

Climate ControlAir/water heat exchangers


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

85

18

55

1 2

300

150

60

300

276

232

41

150

125

102

Ø 7 (4x)30

0

276

102

150

Ø 7 (4x)

420

200

500

150

Ø 7

80

500

200

420

500

170

503030

133

150

150

160

200

130

145

160

34Ø 74x

18

75

100

12

298

240

475

520

Ø 7

298

520

50

520

298

272

240

475

230

120

127

33

208

Ø 7

135

9321


4.3 Air/water heat exchangerMicro, wall-mounted, useful cooling capacity 300 W (1025 BTU) Page 626

Mounting cutout Cooling water connection1Mounting holes
for internal mounting for external mounting Condensate discharge2
Wall-mounting, useful cooling capacity 600 W (2049 BTU) Page 627

1
Mounting holes for internal mounting
Mounting cutoutfor external mounting

Condensate discharge /2″

Cooling water connection 1/2″

1

2


1

Condensate discharge /2″Cooling water connection 1/2″

1

2

Air/water heat exchangers

Climate Control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

Ø 7

(4x)

1192

0

200

140100

18

75

21

80

950

200

175

170 15

475

250

24

126

96

1992

0

950

164

140

Ø 7 (6x)

825

765

350

380

Ø 8

105

45

85

825

380

1

2

30013

3

85

470

200

320

35

75

750

825

25

40

380

Ø 8

400

950

Ø 7

340

340

400

280

112

463

6028

0

904

950

200

21


4.3 Air/water heat exchangerWall-mounting, useful cooling capacity 1250 W (4269 BTU) Page 628

Mounting holes Mounting cutout Condensate discharge 1/2″1
for internal mounting for external mounting 2 Cooling water connection 1/2″



Condensate discharge 1/2″


1

2

Wall-mounting, useful cooling capacity 2250/3000 W (7684/10,246 BTU) Page 629

Mounting cutoutfor external/internal mounting

Only the 4 mounting holes, 7 mm (0.3″) diameter, are required for internal mounting.



1

2

Climate ControlAir/water heat exchangers


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

100

350

410

1533.5

440

711.

5

180

455

455

1400

455

433.5

Ø 8

420

Ø 8 (10x)

350

417

417

442.

5

230

145

442.

544

2.5

442.

5

530

1400

80

21

(300*)

(180

*)

( )* Dimensions for SK 3216.480

490

390

420475

597

380

27 Ø 100 (4x)

475

280

420

415

1 2

1

3

2

1190

40

20

94

1

3

2

1190

40

20

94390

562

57

496

150

1346

1546

1797

495

400

45

390

562

57

496

150

1346

1546

1997

495

400

45


250

451

433.5

350

30 15

4.3 Air/water heat exchangersWall-mounting, useful cooling capacity 4500 W (15,368 BTU) and 7000 W (23,906 BTU) Page 629

Mounting cutout450

450

for external mounting



1

2

Roof-mounted, useful cooling capacity 2500 W (8538 BTU) Page 630

Roof-mounted, useful cooling capacity 4000 W (13,661 BTU) Page 631

597



1

2

As a sidewall for 600 mm (23.6″) deep TS8 modular enclosures, useful cooling capacity 700 W (2391 BTU) Page 632

SK 3316.180 SK 3316.200

Water connections

Hose 10 mm (0.4″) diameter

Condensate discharge

1

2

3

TopTherm air/air heat exchangers

Climate Control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

280

550

501

251

18 x 45°

280

(230)

200

254

524

Ø 8 (4x)

Ø 15 (2x)

266

2549

2

518

550

280

550

150 42

108

4.3 TopTherm air/air heat exchangerWall-mounted, specific thermal capacity 17.5 W/C Page 633


Mounting cutoutfor internal mounting

Internal mounting

External mounting

400

250

345 280

36.5

235

255

950

15

350

25

Ø 9.5 (8x)

385

350

380

Ø 9.5 (4x)

400

370

R6 (4x) 25

920

920

950

2

25 x

45°

950

400 205 (225)

50

155 (175)

Wall-mounting, specific thermal capacity 30 – 60 W/C Page 633



External mounting

Internalmounting

Dimensions in brackets for 45 W/C and 60 W/C

280

350

Ø 13 (8x)

400

3529

5

380

1580

260

2587

5

320

275

340

400

370

324

324

Ø 13 (4x)

1558

1554

1535

1580

Ø 12 (2x)

25

R6 (2x)

3761580

400 215 50

165

Wall-mounted, specific thermal capacity 90 W/C Page 634



External mounting

Internal mounting


Climate ControlAir/air heat exchangers/rack-mounted climate control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

200

32.5

130

135.

5

1

147

36

159

400

1 378

1360

3 2

295

380

110

325

275

(655

)

1360

25

30.5

75

350

210

340

280

400

Ø 13

(8x)

Ø 30

Side view

Optional cable pass-through1

542

38

445

3

4.5 Rack-mounted air conditionerFor 482.6 mm (19″), useful cooling capacity 1000 W (3415 BTU) Page 644

482.6 (19″)

190.

5

6 H

E =

265

.9

6.8 x 10.3 220

8032

View of the rear of the unit

Air duct, extendible to any length

Service flap (thermostat)1

1

HE = U

1

2

465.1

482.6 (19″)

76.2

88

380

163

7560


400

110

280

5 5

4.5 Air/air heat exchangerWall-mounted Page 633

SK 3129.800 Mounting cutoutfor external mounting

External mounting

Back side

164

Mounting cutoutfor external and internal mounting

4.5 Rack-mounted fanFor 482.6 mm (19″), air displacement 320/480 m3/h (188/283 cfm) Page 645

Rack-mounted fan mounted between Vario rack-mounted fan Vario rack-mounted fan mounted between
a pair of 482.6 mm (19″) rails mounted in subracks 84 HP a pair of 482.6 mm (19″) rails
4.5 Centrifugal fanAir displacement 320 m3/h (188 cfm) Page 646

17

Front grille

Climate control tailored to enclosures/heaters

Climate Control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

250

345

265

360

280

Ø 8

With fan

□ 260 x 340

15

50

44420

340

550

500

99

125

20

370

290

475 + 1

260

+ 1

T1

D

36.5

133

223.

5

3

C

B2

110

45 64

185

6445

75

4535

80

125

4535

130

80118

140

25 5.2

8.25

162

100

168

□ 120


4.5 Roof-mounted fanAir displacement 360 m3/h (212 cfm) Page 647

Mounting cutout

Without fan

4.5 Roof-mounted fan and vent attachmentAir displacement (unimpeded air flow) 400/800 m3/h (235/471 cfm) Page 647

Mounting cutout

B1

4.5 Fan roof, modular, two-piece for TS/FR(i)Air displacement per fan (unimpeded air flow) 160/180 mm3/h (94/106 cfm) at 50/60 Hz Page 651

For enclosures Cover plate Roof dimensions
C D Part No.
TSW (B)mm

(inches)

D (T) mm

(inches)Solid Vented

W(B1)

W(B2)

D(T1)

mm (inches)

600(23.6)

600 (23.6) 2102.180 2102.400

567.5(22.3)

435(17.1)

567.5 (22.3)

400(15.7)

224 (8.8) 7826.366800 (31.5) 2102.190 2102.410 767.5 (30.2)

424 (16.7)

7826.368900 (35.4) 2102.190 2102.410 867.5 (34.2) 7826.3691000 (39.4) 2102.190 2102.410 967.5 (38.1) 7826.360

800(31.5)

600 (23.6) 7885.100 7885.200

767.5(30.2)

635(25.0)

567.5 (22.3)

600(23.2)

224 (8.8) 7826.486800 (31.5) 7886.100 7886.200 767.5 (30.2)

424 (16.7)

7826.488900 (35.4) 7886.100 7886.200 867.5 (34.2) 7826.4891000 (39.4) 7886.100 7886.200 967.5 (38.1) 7826.480

4.6 Enclosure heatersContinuous thermal output 10 – 300 W (40 – 1030 BTU) Page 655

SK 3105.000 SK 3106.000 SK 3107.000 SK 3115.000 SK 3116.000SK 3102.000
including fan

Climate ControlAccessories for climate control


C

4.

Clim

ate

Con

trol

79.5

6

71.5

71.5

4.3310

3 3

1

125

132.

5

42

6

280 400

125

42

132.

5

6

Ø 6

258

75

5025

1

32

378

45

6025

Ø 61

3

2

B

A

140

100

160

50 110

90

4.5

10

1.5

8

10

150

210

190

80 40 100

B

A

1.5

8

4.5

10

4.5

270

330

310

50 110

90

B

A

1.5

8


79.5 38

4.6 Axial fanFor heater SK 3107.000 Page 655

Grounding lug for M4 or 8 – 32 UNC

1

4.7 Electronic condensate evaporatorPage 665

SK 3301.560/.580 SK 3301.570/.590

258Ø
378Ø
Condensate hoseSK 3301.608 for SK 3302.XXX SK 3301.610 for SK 3303.XXX

Suggestion for position of cable entry

Hose Length as required

1

2

3

Condensate hose SK 3301.612

Suggestion for position of cable entry

Hose Length as required

1

2

3

4.7 Integrated louversPage 666

SK 2541.235 SK 2542.235 SK 2543.235

Communication Systems

1185

C

6.

Com

mun

icat

ion

Syst

ems

A

1200

800

A

350

1220

1200

800

1200

B B

1200

690

Ø 14

160

B

A

t = 15

10

12.5

90

10

X

A

18

C

12.5

D

B

3

Ø 14

160

1020

.0

.3

.5

.8

.0

.3

.5

.8

.0

.3

.5

.8

.0

.3

.5

1:00

114:00

204:50

219:12

309:36

300:00

414:24

504:48

519:12

609:36

700:00

3

1

4

2

.0

.5

.0

.5

.0

.5

.0

.5

.0

.5

.0

.5

.0

.5

.0

.5

.0

.5

.0

14:00

308:36

503:12

621:48

816:24

1011:00

1205:36

1400:12

1518:48

1713:24

1908:00

2

1


6.1 Compact enclosures, outdoorPage 820

1620.000, 1620.100 1621.000, 1621.100 1622.000, 1622.100

820 390

Mounting panelHard masonite

Mounting panelSheet steel

Detail X

Part No. A B C D

1616.200 1133 (44.6)

670 (26.4)

1103 (43.4)

534 (21.0)

1616.210 733 (28.8)

1070 (42.1)

703(27.7)

934(36.8)

1616.220 1133(44.6)

1070 (42.1)

1103 (43.4)

934(36.8)

1616.230 1070 (42.1) ±1

670 (26.4) ±1 – –

1616.240 1070 (42.1) ±1

1070 (42.1) ±1 – –

6.2 Geothermal heat exchangerTerravent Page 831

45

43

41

39

38

36

34

32

31

29

27

25

24

22

20

18Day

Tem

p. °

C

.8

08Time

Internal temperature = Terravent inlet temperature

Terravent outlet temperature

1

2

Night-time operation

Day-time operation

3

4


Operating status – cooling: 1300 W (4440 BTU) heat loss from 8 am – 4 pm800 W (2732 BTU) heat loss from 4 pm – 8 amCS Outdoor modular enclosure, thermally insulatedEnclosure size: H x W x D = 1200 x 800 x 500 mm (47.2 x 31.5 x 19.7″)

302725222017151210

7520

– 2– 5– 7

– 10– 12– 15– 17– 20

Day

Tem

p. °

C

.5

.0

1Time

Internal temperature = Enclosure internal temperature

External temperature

1

2

Operating status – heating: No heat loss installed in the enclosureExternal temperature below –10°C (14°F)CS Outdoor modular enclosure, not thermally insulatedEnclosure size:H x W x D = 1200 x 800 x 500 mm (47.2 x 31.5 x 19.7″)

Industrial EnclosuresCommand panels


C

1.

Indu

stria

l Enc

losu

res F2F3

F5

F2 F4

F5

F2 F4F3 F2 F4F3

F5

F3 F2 F4 F3 F2 F4

F5

1.5 Command Panel VIP 6000Load specifications for installed equipment Page 160

Permissible installed weightF1 = TotalF2 = Enclosure part

(with support arm connection)F3 = Front partF4 = Rear partF5 = Keyboard housing

Figures in brackets are for hinged version (see 3.1 installation depth, page 161). Enclosures for larger weights available on request.

F2 F2

F5

F2 F4F2F3

F1 = 500 N(112.4 lbf)

F1 = 500 N(112.4 lbf)

F1 = 500/470 N(112.4/105.6 lbf)

F1 = 500/470 N(112.4/105.6 lbf)

F1 = 500/470 N(112.4/105.6 lbf)

F1 = 500/470 N(112.4/105.6 lbf)

F1 = 600/570 N(134.9/128.1 lbf)

F1 = 600/570 N(134.9/128.1 lbf)

F1 = 600/570 N(134.9/128.1 lbf)

F1 = 600 N(570 N)

500 N(112.4 lbf)

450 N(101.1 lbf)

180/150N(40.5/33.7 lbf)

320 N(71.9 lbf)

320 N(71.9 lbf)

130/100 N(29.2/22.5 lbf)

350 N(78.7 lbf)

150/120 N(33.7/

27.0 lbf)

300 N(67.4 lbf)

150/120 N(33.7/

27.0 lbf)

50 N(11.2 lbf)

50 N(11.2 lbf)

50 N(11.2 lbf)

50 N(11.2 lbf)

50 N(11.2 lbf)

180/150 N(40.5/33.7 lbf)

300 N(67.4 lbf)

120 N(27.0 lbf)

130 N(100 N)

300 N(67.4 lbf)

120 N(27.0 lbf)

180 N(150 N)

300 N(67.4 lbf)

120 N(27.0 lbf)

130 N(100 N)

300 N(67.4 lbf)

120 N(27.0 lbf)


here, we supplement the order information with such as...

Documents